As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October  8, 2009.
 

Registration No. _________

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

_______________

FORM 10
 

GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR (G) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

SMSA CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Nevada

27-0984742

(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)


174 FM 1830

Argyle, Texas

76226

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

   

(972) 233-0300

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

    Large accelerated filer   o   Accelerated filer   o  
    Non-accelerated filer   o   Smaller reporting company   x  
    (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

Securities registered under Section 12 (b) of the Exchange Act:

   
   

Title of each class

to be so registered

Name of each exchange on which

each class is to be registered

None

None

   
   

Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Exchange Act:

Common Stock, $0.001 par value

(Title of Class)

 

 


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     Statements contained in this registration statement regarding the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is hereby made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. As a result of this registration statement, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, consequently, will be required to file annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. The registration statement, including exhibits, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Public Reference Section, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street, NW, Washington, D.C. 20549 upon payment of the prescribed fees. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at l.800.SEC.0330. The SEC maintains a Website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with it. The address of the SEC’s Website is http://www.sec.gov.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This registration statement contains forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of such terms or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are speculative and uncertain and not based on historical facts. Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including those discussed under “Description of Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation”. These uncertainties and other factor include, but are not limited to: our ability to locate a business opportunity for merger; the terms of our acquisition of or participation in a business opportunity; and the operating and financial performance of any business combination with us.  

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements, and the reader is advised to consult any further disclosures made on related subjects in our future SEC filings.

 

2

Table of Contents

 

   ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS       4  
    History       4  
    Plan of Reorganization       4  
    Business Plan       5  
    Investigation and Selection of Business Opportunities       6  
    Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Plan       7  
    Competition       9  
    Employees       9  
  ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION       10  
    Plan of Operation       10  
    Liquidity and Capital Resources       10  
  ITEM 3. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY       11  
  ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT       11  
  ITEM 5. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS       12  
  ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION       17  
    Executive Officers       17  
    Executive Compensation       17  
  ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE       17  
  ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS       17  
  ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS       17  
    Market Information       17  
    Transfer Agent       18  
    Reports to Stockholders       18  
    Securities Eligible for Future Sale       18  
  ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES       20  
  ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       20  
  ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS       20  
  ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENT AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA       21  
  ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE       21  
  ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS       21  
 
  SIGNATURES       23  
 
  INDEX OF EXHIBITS       IOE-1  


3

ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. was organized on September 9, 2009 as a Nevada corporation to effect the reincorporation of Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc., a Texas corporation, mandated by the plan of reorganization discussed below. In accordance with the confirmed plan of reorganization, our current business plan is to seek to identify a privately-held operating company desiring to become a publicly held company by merging with us through a reverse merger or acquisition. We are a development stage company and a shell company as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, and Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. As a shell company, we have no operations and no or nominal assets. Although we have no assets or operations, we believe we possess a stockholder base which will make us an attractive merger or acquisition candidate to an operating, privately-held company seeking to become publicly held. Our principal office is located at 174 FM 1830, Argyle, TX 76226, and our telephone number is (972) 233-0300.

History

     On January 17, 2007 Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc. and its affiliated companies, or collectively SMS Companies, filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On August 1, 2007, the bankruptcy court confirmed the First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan, or the Plan, as presented by SMS Companies and their creditors. The effective date of the Plan was August 10, 2007.

  During the three years prior to filing the reorganization petition, SMS Companies operated a chain of skilled nursing homes in Texas, which prior to the bankruptcy proceedings consisted of 14 nursing facilities, ranging in size from approximately 114 beds to 325 beds. In the aggregate, SMS Companies provided care to approximately 1,600 resident patients and employed over 1,400 employees. A significant portion of the SMS Companies cash flow was provided by patients covered by Medicare and Medicaid. The SMS Companies facilities provided round-the-clock care for the health, well-being, safety and medical needs of its patients.      The administrative and operational oversight of the nursing facilities was provided by an affiliated management company located in Arlington, Texas.

 In 2005 SMS Companies obtained a secured credit facility from a financial institution. The credit facility eventually was comprised of an $8.3 million term loan and a revolving loan of up to $15 million which was utilized for working capital and to finance the purchase of the real property on which two of its nursing care facilities operated. By late 2006, SMS Companies were in an “overadvance” position, whereby the amount of funds extended by the lender exceeded the amount of collateral eligible to be borrowed under the credit facility. Beginning in September 2006, SMS Companies entered into the first of a series of forbearance agreements whereby the lender agreed to forebear from declaring the financing in default provided SMS Companies obtained a commitment from a new lender to refinance and restructure the credit facility. SMS Companies were unsuccessful in obtaining a commitment from a new lender and on January 5, 2007, the lender declared SMS Companies in default and commenced foreclosure and collection proceedings. On January 9, 2007 the lender agreed to provide an additional $1.7 million to fund payroll and permit a controlled transaction to bankruptcy. Subsequently, on January 17, 2007 the SMS Companies filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Plan of Reorganization      

Halter Financial Group, Inc. or HFG, participated with SMS Companies and their creditors in structuring the Plan. As part of the Plan, HFG provided $115,000 to be used to pay professional fees associated with the Plan confirmation process. HFG was granted an option to be repaid through the issuance of equity securities in 23 of the SMS Companies, including Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.

HFG exercised the option, and as provided in the Plan, approximately 80% of our outstanding common stock, or 415,960 shares, was issued to HFG in satisfaction of HFG’s administrative claims. The remaining 20% of our outstanding common stock, or 84,045 shares, was issued to 482 holders of unsecured debt. The 500,005 shares, or Plan Shares, were issued pursuant to Section 1145 of the Bankruptcy Code.

     As further consideration for the issuance of the 415,960 Plan Shares to HFG, the Plan required HFG to assist us in identifying a potential merger or acquisition candidate. HFG is responsible for the payment of our operating expenses and HFG will provide us, at no cost, with consulting services, including assisting us with formulating the structure of any proposed merger or acquisition. Additionally, HFG is responsible for paying our legal and accounting expenses related to this registration statement and our expenses incurred in consummating a merger or acquisition.

4

We will remain subject to the jurisdiction of the bankruptcy court until we consummate a merger or acquisition. Pursuant to the confirmation order, if we do not consummate a business combination prior to November 10, 2010, the Plan Shares will be deemed canceled, the pre-merger or acquisition injunction provisions of the confirmation order, as they pertain to us, shall be deemed dissolved and no discharge will be granted to us, all without further order of the bankruptcy court. If we timely consummate a merger or acquisition with an entity which is engaged in business, we will file a certificate of compliance with the bankruptcy court which will state that the requirements of the Plan have been met, resulting in the discharge to be deemed granted. Thereafter, the post discharge injunction provisions set forth in the Plan and the confirmation order shall then become effective.

Effective September 9, 2009, HFG transferred its 415,960 Plan Shares to Halter Financial Investments L.P., or HFI, a Texas limited partnership controlled by Timothy P. Halter.

Timothy P. Halter is the sole officer, director and shareholder of HFG and an officer and member of Halter Financial Investments GP, LLC, general partner of HFI. Mr. Halter has served as our president and sole director since September 9, 2009. Mr. Halter and HFG will assist us with the implementation of our business plan.

Business Plan

  Our current business plan is to seek and identify a privately-held operating company desiring to become a publicly held company by combining with us through a reverse merger or acquisition type transaction. Private companies wishing to have their securities publicly traded may seek to merge or effect an exchange transaction with a shell company with a significant stockholder base. As a result of the merger or exchange transaction, the stockholders of the private company will hold a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the shell company. Typically, the directors and officers of the private company become the directors and officers of the shell company. Often the name of the private company becomes the name of the shell company. We believe that by becoming a reporting company, under the rules and regulations of the Exchange Act, we will become a more suitable candidate to engage in a combination transaction with a privately-held company.  

We have no capital and must depend on HFG to provide us with the necessary funds to implement our business plan. We intend to seek opportunities demonstrating the potential of long-term growth as opposed to short-term earnings. However, at the present time, we have not identified any business opportunity that we plan to pursue, nor have we reached any agreement or definitive understanding with any person concerning an acquisition or merger.

Timothy P. Halter will be primarily responsible for investigating business combination opportunities. However, we believe that business opportunities may also come to our attention from various sources, including HFG, professional advisors such as attorneys, and accountants, securities broker-dealers, venture capitalists, members of the financial community, and others who may present unsolicited proposals. We have no plan, understanding, agreements, or commitments with any individual for such person to act as a finder of opportunities for us.

 No direct discussions regarding the possibility of a business combination are expected to occur until after the effective date of this registration statement. We can give no assurances that we will be successful in finding or acquiring a desirable business opportunity, given the limited funds that are expected to be available to us for implementation of our business plan. Furthermore, we can give no assurances that any acquisition, if it occurs, will be on terms that are favorable to us or our current stockholders.  

We do not propose to restrict our search for a candidate to any particular geographical area or industry, and therefore, we are unable to predict the nature of our future business operations. Our management’s discretion in the selection of business opportunities is unrestricted, subject to the availability of such opportunities, economic conditions, and other factors.

Any entity which has an interest in being acquired by, or merging into us, is expected to be an entity that desires to become a public company and establish a public trading market for its securities. In connection with such a merger or acquisition, it is anticipated that an amount of common stock constituting control of us would either be issued by us or be purchased from HFI.

We do not foresee that we will enter into a merger or acquisition transaction with any business with which HFG, HFI or Timothy P. Halter is currently affiliated.

5

 

Investigation and Selection of Business Opportunities      

Certain types of business acquisition transactions may be completed without requiring us to first submit the transaction to our stockholders for their approval. If the proposed transaction is structured in such a fashion our stockholders (other than HFI our majority stockholder) will not be provided with financial or other information relating to the candidate prior to the completion of the transaction.

If a proposed business combination or business acquisition transaction is structured that requires our stockholder approval, and we are a reporting company, we will be required to provide our stockholders with information as applicable under Regulations 14A and 14C under the Exchange Act.

The analysis of business opportunities will be undertaken by or under the supervision of Timothy P. Halter. In analyzing potential merger candidates, we will consider, among other things, the following factors:

*     Potential for future earnings and appreciation of value of securities;    
*     Perception of how any particular business opportunity will be received by the investment community and by our stockholders;    
*     Eligibility of a candidate, following the business combination, to qualify its securities for listing on a national exchange or on a national automated securities quotation system, such as NASDAQ;    
*     Historical results of operation;    
*     Liquidity and availability of capital resources;    
*     Competitive position as compared to other companies of similar size and experience within the industry segment as well as within the industry as a whole;    
*     Strength and diversity of existing management or management prospects that are scheduled for recruitment;    
*     Amount of debt and contingent liabilities; and    
*     The products and/or services and marketing concepts of the target company.    

There is no single factor that will be controlling in the selection of a business opportunity. We will attempt to analyze all factors appropriate to each opportunity and make a determination based upon reasonable investigative measures and available data. Potentially available business opportunities may occur in many different industries and at various stages of development, all of which will make the task of comparative investigation and analysis of such business opportunities extremely difficult and complex. Because of our limited capital available for investigation and our dependence on HFG and Timothy P. Halter, we may not discover or adequately evaluate adverse facts about the business opportunity to be acquired.

We are unable to predict when we may participate in a business opportunity. We expect, however, that the analysis of specific proposals and the selection of a business opportunity may take several months.

Prior to making a decision to participate in a business transaction, we will generally request that we be provided with written materials regarding the business opportunity containing as much relevant information as possible, including, but not limited to, a description of products, services and company history; management resumes; financial information; available projections, with related assumptions upon which they are based; an explanation of proprietary products and services; evidence of existing patents, trademarks, or service marks, or rights thereto; present and proposed forms of compensation to management; a description of transactions between such company and its affiliates during the relevant periods; a description of present and required facilities; an analysis of risks and competitive conditions; a financial plan of operation and estimated capital requirements; audited financial statements, or if audited financial statements are not available, unaudited financial statements, together with reasonable assurance that audited financial statements would be able to be produced to comply with the requirements of a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or Commission, upon consummation of the business combination.

As part of our investigation, Timothy P. Halter and our legal counsel may meet personally with management and key personnel, may visit and inspect material facilities, obtain independent analysis or verification of certain provided information, check references of management and key personnel, and take other reasonable investigative measures, to the extent of our limited financial and management resources.

We believe that various types of potential candidates might find a business combination with us to be attractive. These include candidates desiring to create a public market for their securities in order to enhance liquidity for current stockholders, candidates which have long-term plans for raising capital through public sale of securities and believe that the prior existence of a public market for their securities would be beneficial, and candidates which plan to acquire additional

6

 

assets through issuance of securities rather than for cash, and believe that the development of a public market for their securities will be of assistance in that process. Companies which have a need for an immediate cash infusion are not likely to find a potential business combination with us to be a prudent business transaction alternative.

Risk Factors Relating to Our Business Plan

Our business plan and our ability to successfully implement our business plan are subject to certain risk factors, including, the following:

We will be unable to successfully implement our business plan if HFG does not, or is unable, to provide us with adequate capital to conduct our operations and pay the expenses necessary to consummate a business combination .

We are dependent upon HFG to pay our operating expenses and to fund the implementation of our plan of operation. If HFG fails, or is unable, to provide us with adequate capital to conduct our business operations including the implementation of our business plan, we may be unable to complete a merger or acquisition on or before November 10, 2010 as required by the Plan. In such event, Plan Shares held by HFI and our other stockholders will be cancelled and voided and the discharge and injunction provisions of the confirmation order, as they pertain to us, shall be deemed dissolved.

There is no trading market for our securities which could impair our ability to find a suitable merger candidate.

There is no public trading market for our securities and there can be no assurance that a trading market for our securities will exist if we complete a business combination. Although we intend to make our shares eligible for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board, the Plan provides that no active trading market shall exist for our securities until after the consummation of a business combination. The Plan further provides that our stockholders are enjoined from trading, selling or assigning the shares of common stock they received pursuant to the Plan until we consummate a business transaction. HFI, however, may transfer in a private transaction, a portion of its shares of our common stock prior to the consummation of a business combination to a single transferee or group of transferees under common control and to HFI employees and representatives, subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Any such transfer shall be subject to the same restrictions as applicable to HFG under the Plan. Until such time as our securities are eligible for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board, we will be at a competitive disadvantage with other companies, including shell companies, who have publicly traded securities, in attracting suitable candidates to participate in a business combination with us.

We have no agreement for a business combination and we do not have any minimum requirements for a business combination.

We have no current arrangement, agreement or understanding with respect to engaging in a business combination with a specific entity. We may not be successful in identifying and evaluating a suitable merger candidate or in consummating a business combination. We have not selected a particular industry or specific business within an industry for a target company. We have not established a specific length of operating history or a specified level of earnings, assets, net worth or other criteria which we will require a target company to have achieved, or without which we would not consider a business combination with such business entity.

The loss of the services of Timothy P. Halter would adversely affect our ability to implement our business plan.

     Our management consists of only one person, Timothy P. Halter, our president and sole director. Mr. Halter will be primarily responsible for conducting our day-to-day operations and will be responsible for implementing our business plan. We will rely solely on the judgment of Mr. Halter when selecting a target company. Mr. Halter will only devote a limited amount of his time each month to our business. Mr. Halter has not entered into a written employment or consulting agreement with us and he is not expected to do so. The loss of the services of Mr. Halter would adversely affect our ability to implement our business plan.

 

7

Conflicts of interest may arise between us and our stockholders, and HFG and Timothy P. Halter, during the implementation of our business plan which may have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business transaction.      

Timothy P. Halter is not required to commit his full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating his time between our operations and other businesses. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination. Mr. Halter is engaged in several other business endeavors and is not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours to our affairs. If his other business affairs require him to devote more substantial amounts of time to such interests, it could limit his ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

     Mr. Halter, HFG and HFI, our majority stockholder, are affiliated with other shell companies with business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Mr. Halter, HFG and HFI may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities to which they have fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, there may be conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. 

Depending upon the nature of a proposed transaction, our stockholders, other than HFI, may not be afforded the opportunity to approve or consent to a particular transaction.

To implement our business plan we may be required to employ accountants, technical experts, appraisers, attorneys, or other consultants or advisors. The selection of any such advisors will be made by Mr. Halter and their fees will be paid by HFG. We anticipate that such persons may be engaged on an as needed basis without a continuing fiduciary or other obligation to us. If Mr. Halter considers it necessary to hire outside advisors, he may elect to hire persons who are affiliates of HFG. Such advisors because of their relationship with HFG and Mr. Halter may not fully consider our best interest in rendering advice and services to us.       

We have no cash and no operations and may not have access to sufficient capital to consummate a business combination.

     Payment of our operating expenses and expenses of implementing our business plan is the responsibility of HFG. We may not be able to take advantage of any available business opportunities because of the limited and uncertain availability of capital. There is no assurance that HFG will have sufficient capital to provide us with the necessary funds to successfully implement our plan of operation or that HFG will continue to provide us with capital in the future.

We will encounter significant competition in seeking mergers with and acquisition of privately-held entitles which may impede our ability to consummate business transactions .

We are and will continue to be an insignificant participant in the business of seeking mergers with and acquisitions of privately-held business entities. A large number of established and well-financed entities, including venture capital firms, are active in seeking potential merger and acquisition candidates for their clients and investors. Substantially all such entities have significantly greater financial resources, technical expertise and managerial capabilities than we have and, consequently, we will be at a competitive disadvantage in identifying possible business opportunities and successfully completing a business combination. Moreover, we will also compete in seeking merger or acquisition candidates with other public shell companies who may have more available funds or other assets that make them a more attractive candidate for a merger than we are.

Reporting requirements under the Exchange Act and compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 may delay or preclude a merger or acquisition .

     The rules and regulations of the Commission require a reporting shell company to timely provide in a Current Report on Form 8-K financial and other information, including audited financial statements, of the acquired company if we engage in a business combination, or if there is a change in our control. The additional time and costs that may be incurred by the potential target company to prepare audited financial statements and other information may significantly delay or essentially preclude consummation of an otherwise desirable acquisition.

8

     We may be required to have our internal control procedures audited for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. A target company may not be in compliance with provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition or result in our inability to consummate the business transaction. 

A business combination will result in a change in control of our company and significantly reduce the ownership interest of our current stockholders.

     In conjunction with completion of a business acquisition, we anticipate that we will issue an amount of our authorized but unissued common stock that will represent a significant majority of the voting power and equity of our company, which will, in all likelihood, result in stockholders of a target company obtaining a controlling interest in us and thereby reducing the ownership interest of our current stockholders. We may also issue preferred stock to the stockholders of a target company. Holders of preferred stock may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing holders of common stock. As a condition of the business combination, HFI, our majority stockholder, may agree to sell or transfer all or a portion of the common stock it owns to provide the target company with majority control. The resulting change in control will likely result in the removal of our present officer and director and a corresponding reduction in, or elimination of, his participation in future business activities.

We may engage in a business combination with a foreign entity which will subject us to additional business risks.

We may effectuate a business combination with a merger target whose business operations or even headquarters, place of formation or primary place of business are located outside the United States of America. In such event, we may face the significant additional risks associated with doing business in that country. In addition to the language barriers, different presentations of financial information, different business practices, and other cultural differences and barriers that may make it difficult to evaluate such a merger target, we may encounter ongoing business risks associated with uncertain legal systems and applications of law, prejudice against foreigners, corrupt practices, uncertain economic policies and potential political and economic instability that may be exacerbated in various foreign countries.

We may engage in a business combination that may have tax consequences to us and our stockholders.

     Federal and state tax consequences will, in all likelihood, be major considerations in any business combination that we may undertake. Currently, such transactions may be structured so as to result in tax-free treatment to both companies and their stockholders, pursuant to various federal and state tax provisions. We intend to structure any business combination so as to minimize the federal and state tax consequences to both our company and the target entity and their stockholders. However, there can be no assurance that such business combination will meet the statutory requirements of a tax-free reorganization or that the parties will obtain the intended tax-free treatment upon a transfer of stock or assets. A non-qualifying reorganization could result in the imposition of both federal and state taxes, which may have an adverse effect on both parties to the transaction. 

Competition

     We expect to encounter substantial competition in our efforts to locate potential business combination opportunities. The competition may in part come from business development companies, venture capital partnerships and corporations, small investment companies and brokerage firms. Most of these organizations are likely to be in a better position than us to obtain access to potential business acquisition candidates because they have greater experience, resources and managerial capabilities than we do. We also will experience competition from other public companies with similar business purposes, some of which may also have funds available for use by an acquisition candidate. 

Employees

     We have no employees. Our president and sole director, Timothy P. Halter, will be responsible for managing our administrative affairs, including our reporting obligations pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act. It is anticipated that HFG and Timothy P. Halter will engage consultants, attorneys and accountants as necessary for us to conduct our business operations and to implement and successfully complete our business plan. We do not anticipate employing any full-time employees until we have achieved our business purpose.

9

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

Plan of Operation

     As a shell company, we have no operations and no or nominal assets. Although we have no assets or operations, we believe we possess a stockholder base which will make us an attractive merger or acquisition candidate to an operating privately-held company seeking to become publicly-held.
 
                    We intend to locate and combine with an existing, privately-held company which has profitable operations or, in our management’s view, potential for earnings and appreciation of value of its equity securities, irrespective of the industry in which it is engaged. A combination may be structured as a merger, consolidation, exchange of our common stock for stock or assets or any other form which will result in the combined companies becoming an operating publicly-held corporation.
 
                   Pending negotiation and consummation of a business combination, we anticipate that we will have, aside from carrying on our search for a combination partner, no business activities, and, thus, will have no source of revenue. Should we incur any significant liabilities prior to a combination with a private company, we may not be able to satisfy such liabilities as they are incurred.

     If our management pursues one or more combination opportunities beyond the preliminary negotiations stage and those negotiations are subsequently terminated, it is likely that such efforts will exhaust our ability to continue to seek such combination opportunities before any successful combination can be consummated.
 
                  In our pursuit for a business combination partner, our management intends to consider only combination candidates which are profitable or, in management’s view, have growth potential. Our management does not intend to pursue any combination proposal beyond the preliminary negotiation stage with any combination candidate which does not furnish us with audited financial statements for its historical operations or can furnish audited financial statements in a timely manner. HFG may engage attorneys and/or accountants to investigate a combination candidate and to consummate a business combination. We may require payment of fees by such merger candidate to fund all or a portion of such expenses. To the extent we are unable to obtain the advice or reports from experts, the risks of any combined business combination being unsuccessful will be enhanced.
 
                We are not registered and we do not propose to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. We intend to conduct our business activities so as to avoid application of the registration and other provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the related regulations thereunder.

 We have no operating history, no cash, no assets and our business plan has significant business risks. Because of these factors, our Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm has issued an audit opinion on our financial statements which includes a statement describing our going concern status. This means in our auditor’s opinion, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Liquidity and Capital Resources .

     We have no operations and will not generate any revenue until we consummate a business combination. We will need funds to support our operation and implementation of our plan of operation and to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. HFG has agreed to fund the expenses in implementing our plan of operation and to fund our operating expenses until we complete a business combination. Although we believe sufficient working capital will be provided by HFG for at least the next 12 months to support and preserve the integrity of our corporate entity and to fund the implementation of our business plan, there is no legal obligation for HFG to provide us with funding. If adequate funds are not available to us, we may be unable to complete our plan of operation. Consequently, there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we do not consummate a business combination by November 10, 2010 our Plan Shares will be cancelled and voided and the discharge and injunction provisions of the confirmation order, as they pertain to us, shall be deemed dissolved.

     Although, we have no current plans, proposals, arrangements or understandings with respect to the sale or issuance of additional securities prior to the identity of a merger or acquisition candidate and we do not anticipate that we will incur any significant debt prior to a consummation of a business combination, we may in the future compensate providers of services by issuances of securities.

10

ITEM 3. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

     We do not own property. We currently maintain a mailing address at 174 FM 1830, Argyle, TX 76226. Our telephone number is (972) 233-0300. Other than this mailing address, we do not currently maintain any other office facilities, and do not anticipate the need for maintaining office facilities at any time until we complete a business combination. We pay no rent or other fees for the use of the mailing address. The facilities are also used by HFG for its business operations. HFG provides us with the use of office equipment and administrative services as necessary to conduct our business activities, including the implementation of our business plan.

ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT      

The following table sets forth certain information at October 1, 2009, regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock of each person or group known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock; each of our executive officers and directors; and all our executive officers and directors as a group:
 
               Unless otherwise noted, the persons named below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares as beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address (2)     Shares Beneficially Owned (1)    
   

Number

   

Percent (3)

   
 
Halter Financial Investments, LP (4)    

415,960

   

83.2

   
 
Timothy P. Halter (4)

415,960

83.2

 
Pharmerica, Inc. (5)    

30,933

   

6.2

   
 
Directors and officers as a group (6)    

415,960

   

83.2

   
(1 person)    

(1) On October 1, 2009 there were 500,005 shares of our common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. We have no outstanding stock options or warrants.

(2) Under applicable SEC rules, a person is deemed the “beneficial owner” of a security with regard to which the person directly or indirectly, has or shares (a) the voting power, which includes the power to vote or direct the voting of the security, or (b) the investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or direct the disposition, of the security, in each case irrespective of the person’s economic interest in the security. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to beneficially own securities which the person has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of any option or warrant or through the conversion of another security. 

(3) In determining the percent of voting stock owned by a person (a) the numerator is the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by the person, including shares the beneficial ownership of which may be acquired within 60 days upon the exercise of options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities, and (b) the denominator is the total of (i) the 500,005 shares of common stock outstanding and (ii) any shares of common stock which the person has the right to acquire within 60 days upon the exercise of options or warrants or conversion of convertible securities. Neither the numerator nor the denominator includes shares which may be issued upon the exercise of any other options or warrants or the conversion of any other convertible securities.

(4) Halter Financial Investments, L.P. (“HFI”) is a Texas limited partnership of which Halter Financial Investments GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“HFI GP”), is the sole general partner. The limited partners of HFI are: (i) TPH Capital, LP., a Texas limited partnership of which TPH Capital GP, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“TPH GP”), is the general partner and Timothy P. Halter is the sole member of TPH GP, (ii) Bellifield, LP, a Texas limited partnership of which Bellifield Capital Management, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Bellifield LLC”) is the sole general partner and David Brigante is the sole member of Bellified LLC; (iii) Colhurst Capital LP, a Texas limited partnership of which Colhurst Capital GP LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Colhurst LLC”), is the general partner and George L. Diamond is the sole member of Colhurst LLC; and (iv) Rivergreen Capital, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“Rivergreen LLC”), of which Marat Rosenberg is the sole member. As a result, each of the foregoing persons may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the shares held of record by HFI. HFI’s address is 174 FM 1830, Argyle, TX 76226.

(5) Phamerica, Inc.’s address is 1675 Broadway, New York, New York.

(6) Timothy P. Halter, our sole officer and director, is deemed one of the beneficial owners of the 415,960 shares owned by HFI.



11

ITEM 5. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS

Our directors and executive officers are as follows:

Name

   

Age

   

Positions Held

   

Timothy P. Halter 

   

43

   

President, Chief Executive Officer,

   
       

Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and Sole Director

   
      

     Our directors serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and have qualified. Directors are elected for one-year terms at the annual stockholders meeting. Officers will hold their positions at the pleasure of the board of directors, absent any employment agreement, of which none currently exists or is contemplated. There is no arrangement or understanding between Mr. Halter or any other person pursuant to which any director or officer was or is to be selected as a director or officer, and there is no arrangement, plan or understanding as to whether non-management stockholders will exercise their voting rights to continue to elect directors to our board. There are also no arrangements, agreements or understandings between non-management stockholders that may directly or indirectly participate in or influence the management of our affairs. Our board of directors does not have any committees at this time. 

      Timothy P. Halter . Mr. Halter, age 43, has served as our sole officer and director since September 9, 2009, Mr. Halter is primarily responsible for implementing our business plan. Since 1995, Mr. Halter has been the president and the sole stockholder of Halter Financial Group, Inc., a Dallas, Texas based consulting firm specializing in the area of mergers, acquisitions and corporate finance. In September 2005, Mr. Halter and other minority partners formed HFI. HFI conducts no business operations. Mr. Halter currently serves as a director of DXP Enterprises, Inc., a public corporation (Nasdaq: DXPE), and is an officer and director of Marketing Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation, BTHC XIV, Inc., and BTHC XV, Inc. each a Delaware corporation. Each of the afore-referenced companies is current in the filing of their periodic reports with the SEC. Except for DXP Enterprises, each of the afore-referenced companies for which Mr. Halter acts as an officer and director may be deemed shell corporations. Mr. Halter will devote as much of his time to our business affairs as may be necessary to implement our business plan.

     Mr. Halter has significant experience acting in the capacity of the principal stockholder, a director and an executive officer of blank check companies. The following table identifies those companies with which Mr. Halter has been affiliated that operated as a blank check company at some point in their history and whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. The table also details Mr. Halter’s prior and present involvement with each referenced company and the current status of each company’s business operations. The business descriptions provided below are derived from the respective entities’ periodic reports as filed with the SEC. Except for BTHC XIV, Inc., BTHC XV, Inc., and Marketing Acquisition Corp., each a shell company, we have made no independent verification of the accuracy of the disclosure found in such reports or whether the entities are current in the filing of their respective periodic reports with the SEC. 

As noted in the table below, Mr. Halter is currently a director, officer and principal shareholder of Marketing Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation, as well as, BTHC XIV, Inc., and BTHC XV, Inc., each a Delaware corporation. Regarding the other registrants listed in the table, Mr. Halter was not affiliated with any of the operating businesses prior to the consummation of the reverse merger transaction and resigned as an officer and director upon consummation of the transaction. After the merger transaction, Mr. Halter did not participate in the management of any of the registrants and ceased being a principal shareholder. Other than being a minority shareholder of certain of the registrants, Mr. Halter is not affiliated with, and does not control, any of the registrants.

12

Name of Registrant

Date of Registration/SEC File Number

Nature of Interest

After Change of Control

Athersys, Inc. (formerly BTHC VI, Inc.)

Form 10 filed on July 6, 2006; SEC File Number 000-52108

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on June 8, 2007.

The company is in the business of developing therapeutic product candidates.

Avatar Systems, Inc.

Form 10 filed on June 25, 2001; SEC File Number 000-32925

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on November 14, 2000.

The company is in the business of providing petroleum industry solutions for accounting and financial management.

Bitech Pharma, Inc.

Form 10 filed on December 16, 2005; SEC File Number 000-51684

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on June 30, 2005.

The company is in the business of developing and producing therapeutic protein products.

BTHC VII, Inc.

Form 10 filed on July 10, 2006; SEC File Number 000-52123

Mr. Halter acquired control on June 7, 2005. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on July 27, 2007.

The company now operates a chain of retail jewelry stores.

BTHC VIII, Inc.

Form 10-SB filed on September 21, 2006; SEC File Number 0-52232

Mr. Halter acquired control on August 7, 2006. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the Company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on
February 12, 2009.
 

The company is now engaged in the business of manufacturing heat exchange products.

BTHC X, Inc.

Form 10 filed on September 22, 2006; SEC File Number 0-52237

Mr. Halter acquired control on August 16, 2006. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the Company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on May 21, 2009.

The company is a shell company.

BTHC XIV, Inc.

Form 10-SB filed on July 9, 2007; SEC File Number 000-52722

Mr. Halter acquired control on August 16, 2006 and currently serves as its sole officer and director.

The company is a shell company.

BTHC XV

Form 10-SB filed on September 13, 2007; SEC File Number 0-52808

Mr. Halter acquired control on August 16, 2006 and currently serves as its sole officer and director.

The company is a shell company.

China Agritech, Inc.

Form 10 filed on February 2, 2002; Current SEC File Number 0-49608

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on May 25, 2004, and acted as its sole officer and director until his resignation as a result of a change in control transaction completed on February 3, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is currently engaged in the business of producing organic liquid compound fertilizers.

China BAK Battery, Inc.

The company originally filed a registration statement on Form S-1 on June 10, 2000 and a Form 8-A12G on March 29, 2002; SEC File Number 000-49712

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on June 14, 2004, and acted as its sole officer and director until his resignation as a result of a change in control transaction completed on January 20, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company

The company is a manufacturer of lithium -ion batteries and related products.

China Digital Wireless, Inc.

The company originally became obligated to file reports with the SEC in 1983 with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-18(File Number 2-84351); Current SEC File Number 0-12536.

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on February 23, 2004, and acted as its sole officer and director until his resignation as a result of a change in control transaction completed on June 23, 2004. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is a provider of value added information services to mobile phone subscribers in China.

 

13

China Pharma Holdings, Inc.

Form 10 filed on February 15, 2000; SEC File Number 000-29523

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on May 11, 2005, and acted as its sole officer and director until the completion of a change in control transaction on October 20, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company’s primary business is research, development, manufacturing and sale of bio-pharmaceutical products.

China Ritar Power Corp. (formerly Concept Ventures Corp.)

Form 10-SB filed on April 29, 1999; SEC File Number 000-25901

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on February 16, 2007.

The company is a manufacturer of lead acid batteries.

Energroup Holdings Corp.
 
 
 
 
 
 

The company originally became obligated to file reports with the SEC in 2001 with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form 10-SB (File Number 0- 32873);.
 
 
 

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on May 22, 2007, and acted as its sole officer and director until his resignation as a result of a change in control transaction completed on December 31, 2007. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company
 

The company is a provider of packaged and processed pork products in China.
 
 
 
 

Fashion Tech
International, Inc. (currently doing business as China Nutrifruit Group, Inc.)

The company became a public
Company in 1984: SEC file
Number 2-93231-NY

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling
interest in the company on October
18, 2007. A change in control transaction was completed on August 14, 2008. Mr. Halter is not an officer or director of this Company.

The company is a provider of fruit and vegetable products.

Games, Inc.

Form 10 filed on November 15, 2001; SEC File Number 000-33345

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on September 30, 2001.

The company is a technology company operating in the area of interactive entertainment.

Hong Kong
Winalite Group,
Inc.

Form SB-2 filed on July 21,
1999; SEC File Number 333-
83375

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling
interest in the company on October 1, 2007. A change in control
transaction occurred on December
28, 2007. Mr. Halter remains a
minority stockholder of the
company.

The company is a
manufacturer of feminine
hygiene products.

International Stem Cell Corp. (formerly BTHC III, Inc.)

Form 10 filed on April 4, 2006; SEC File Number 000-51891

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on December 28, 2006.

The company is engaged in the business of developing therapeutic products.

KMG Chemicals, Inc.

Form 10 filed on December 6, 1996; SEC File Number 000-29278

Mr. Halter is not a current stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on October 15, 1996.

The company is a seller of industrial wood preserving chemicals in the United States.

Marketing Acquisition Corp.

Form 10 filed on June 21, 2006; SEC File number 000-52072.

Mr. Halter acquired control of the Company on March 20, 2007 and continues to serve as its sole director and officer.

The Company is a shell company.

MGCC Investment Strategies, Inc.

The company became public via the filing of a SB-2 registration statement filed in October 2001, SEC File Number 000-50883

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of the change in control transaction completed on June 22, 2006.

The company is a manufacturer of auto parts.
 
 
 
 



14

Millennium Quest, Inc.

The company became public via the filing of a Form 10 registration statement filed in September 2000, SEC File Number 000-31619

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of the change in control transaction completed on May3, 2007.

The company is a manufacturer of dried food products.

Microwave Transmission Systems, Inc.

Form 10 filed on March 31, 2000; SEC File Number 000-30722

Mr. Halter is not a current stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company on as a result of a change in control transaction completed on August 6, 1999.

The company is currently engaged in the business of constructing and maintaining wireless communications transmitting and recovering facilities.

Nevstar Corporation (currently doing business as Golden Elephant Glass Technology, Inc.)

The Company filed a registration statement on Form S-1 on September 24, 1997; SEC File Number 000-21071

Mr. Halter acquired control of the company on October 11, 2005 and until the closing of a change in control transaction on March 31, 2008 served as its sole officer and director.

The company is a manufacturer of windshield and similar glass products.

Playlogic Entertainment, Inc.

The company filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form SB-2 on August 30, 2001 and a Form 8-A12G on February 28, 2002; SEC File Number 000-49649

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on December 15, 2004, and acted as its sole officer and director until the completion of a change in control transaction on June 3, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is presently engaged in the business of developing gaming software.

Polymedix, Inc.

Form 10 filed on April 5, 2006; SEC File Number 000-51895

Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director on October 6, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is a bio-technology company focusing on research of infectious diseases.

Point Acquisition Corp.

The company became public via the filing of a Form 10 registration statement filed in September 2005, SEC File Number 000-51527

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of the change in control transaction completed on April 25, 2007

The company is engaged in the business of manufacturing monolithic refractory products.

Redpoint Bio Corp. (formerly Robcor Properties, Inc.)

The company became public via the filing of a SB-2 registration statement filed on May 19, 2005; SEC File Number 000-51708

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on March 12, 2007.

The company is presently engaged in the development of biotech products.

RTO Holdings, Inc.

The Company originally became public in 1986 pursuant to the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; SEC File Number 000-15579

Mr. Halter acquired control of the company on June 21, 2006 and served as its sole officer and director until August 29, 2006 when a change in control transaction was consummated. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is presently engaged in the development and operation of ethanol manufacturing facilities.

Segmentz, Inc.

Form 10 filed on January 30, 2002; SEC File Number 000-49606

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on January 31, 2001.

The company is currently engaged in the business of providing transportation services to clients in the U.S. and Canada.

Shelron Group, Inc.

Form 10 filed on October 11, 2000; SEC File Number 000-31176

Mr. Halter is not a current stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on April 26, 2000.

The company is currently engaged in the business of developing business intelligence software and comparative shopping software programs.



15

SMSA El Paso I
Acquisition Corp. (currently doing business as Latin America Ventures, Inc.)

Form 10 filed on March 12, 2008: SEC File Number 000-53132

Mr. Halter acquired control in September, 2007. A change in control transaction was completed on November 18, 2008. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the Company.

The company is seeking to consummate a combination transaction with an operating business located in Latin America and is deemed a shell company under the SEC’s definition of same.

SMSA El Paso II Acquisition Corp.

Form 10 filed on July 18, 2008; SEC File Number 000-53334

Mr. Halter acquired control in May, 2008. Mr. Halter does not serve as an officer and director of the Company. Mr. Halter is a minority shareholder as a result of a change in control transaction completed on August 11, 2009.

The Company is seeking to consummate a combination transaction with an operating business located in Asia and is a shell company under the SEC’s definition of same.

SMSA Palestine Acquisition Corp.

Form 10 filed on July 22, 2008; SEC File Number 000-53343

Mr. Halter acquired control in March, 2008. Mr. Halter does not serve as an officer or director of the Company.

The Company is a shell company.

Sutor Technology, Inc.

The company originally became obligated to file reports with the SEC as the result of its 1989 filing of a registration statement on Form SB-2; SEC File Number 333-83351.

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on February 1, 2007.

The company is engaged in the business of manufacturing and selling steel fabrication products.

Tiens Biotech Group, Inc.

Form 10 filed on March 7, 2002; SEC File Number 000-49666

Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company. Mr. Halter resigned as an officer and director of the company as a result of a change in control transaction completed on February 11, 2002.

The company primarily engages in the development, manufacturing, and marketing of nutrition supplement products.

Winner Medical Group, Inc.

The company originally became obligated to file reports with the SEC as the result of its 1989 filing of a registration statement on Form S-18; SEC File Number 000-16547.

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on November 4, 2005, and acted as its sole officer and director until the completion of a change in control transaction on December 16, 2005. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company is involved in the development, manufacturing and marketing of medical dressings and medical disposables.

Yuhe International,
Inc.

Form SB-2 filed in September
1999; SEC File Number 333-
83125

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling
interest in the company on November 6, 2007. A change in control transaction occurred on March 12, 2008. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company operates chicken
hatcheries.

Zeolite Exploration Company

The company originally became public with the filing of a Registration Statement on Form SB-2 on October 23, 2002; SEC File Number 333-74670

Mr. Halter acquired a controlling interest in the company on November 30, 2005, and acted as its sole officer and director until the completion of a change in control transaction on March 31, 2006. Mr. Halter remains a minority stockholder of the company.

The company owns and operates a nano precipitated calcium carbonate manufacturing company in China.


   In addition to the companies listed above, Mr. Halter is an officer, director, and shareholder of several private companies, including some of the SMS Companies entities discussed in “Item 1. Description of Business – Plan of Reorganization.”

It is specifically noted that the relative success or failure of any of the entities referenced above subsequent to Mr. Halter’s affiliation should not be deemed an indication of the possibility of our success or failure upon the completion of our current plan of operations.

 

16

 

ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officers

 No officer or director has received any compensation from us. Until we consummate a business combination, it is not anticipated that any officer or director will receive compensation from us.
 
               We have no stock option, retirement, pension, or profit-sharing programs for the benefit of directors, officers or other employees.
 
               Our board of directors appoints our executive officers to serve at the discretion of the board. Timothy P. Halter is our sole officer and director. Our directors receive no compensation from us for serving on the board. Until we consummate a business combination, we do not intend to reimburse our officers or directors for travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending the board meetings or for conducting business activities.  

Executive Compensation

     Timothy P. Halter has received no compensation from us nor have we accrued any cash or non-cash compensation for his services since he was elected as an officer and director. He will not receive any compensation from us for his services as our sole officer and director until after we complete a business combination.

     We do not have any employment or consulting agreements with any parties nor do we have a stock option plan or other equity compensation plans.  

ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS , AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

     Other than the participation of HFG and Timothy P. Halter in our plan of reorganization and the issuance to HFG of 415,960 shares of our common stock for satisfaction of certain administrative claims and for HFG’s agreement to provide us with certain services as discussed in “Item 1- Description of Business”, there are no relationships or transactions between us and any of our directors, officers and principal stockholders.

ITEM 8 . LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Other than being subject to the provisions of the Plan and confirmation order, we are not a party to any legal proceedings.

ITEM 9 . MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Market Information

     There is no public trading market for our securities. We will seek to make our shares eligible for quotation on the OTC Bulletin Board. However, the Plan provides that no active trading market shall exist for our securities until after the consummation of a business combination. No assurance can be given that an active market will exist after we complete a business combination. The Plan further provides that our stockholders are enjoined from trading, selling or assigning their Plan Shares until we consummate a transaction. HFG, however, may transfer in a private transaction, a portion of its shares of our common stock prior to the consummation of a business combination to a single transferee or group of transferees under common control and to HFG employees and representatives, subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws. Any such transferee shall be subject to the same restrictions as applicable to HFG under the Plan.  

     Effective September 9, 2009, HFG transferred 415,960 Plan Shares to its affiliate, HFI.     

     We have no equity compensation or other types of employee benefit plans.

 

17

Transfer Agent

We have engaged Securities Transfer Corporation, 2591 Dallas Parkway, Suite 102, Frisco, Texas 75034 (telephone number 469.633.0100) as our transfer agent. The Plan Shares have been issued and are being held by the transfer agent until a business combination is consummated.

Reports to Stockholders

     We plan to furnish our stockholders with an annual report for each fiscal year ending December 31 containing financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm. In the event we enter into a business combination with another company, we anticipate that management will continue furnishing annual reports to stockholders. Additionally, we may, in our sole discretion, issue unaudited quarterly or other interim reports to our stockholders when we deem appropriate. Upon effectiveness of this registration statement, we intend to maintain compliance with the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

      Holders. As of October 1, 2009, there were a total of 500,005 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by approximately 482 stockholders of record. 

Dividends . We have not declared any dividends on our common stock since inception and do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

We relied, based on the confirmation order we received from the Bankruptcy Court, on Section 1145(a) (1) of the Bankruptcy Code to exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, both the offer of the Plan Shares which may have been deemed to have occurred through the solicitation of acceptances of the plan of reorganization and the issuance of the Plan Shares pursuant to the plan of reorganization. In general, offers and sale of securities made in reliance on the exemption afforded under Section 1145(a)(1) of the Bankruptcy Code are deemed to be made in a public offering, so that the recipients thereof, are free to resell such securities without registration under the Securities Act.

We currently do not have any outstanding restricted securities as defined in Rule 144. We do not intend to issue any securities prior to consummating a business transaction. The securities we issue in a merger transaction will most likely be restricted securities. Since we are a blank check or shell company, we believe the resale of restricted securities we issue in a merger transaction will be subject to the restrictions as stated below.

Rule 144

The SEC has recently adopted amendments to Rule 144 which became effective on February 15, 2008 and will apply to securities acquired both before and after that date. Under these amendments, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale and (iii) if the sale occurs prior to satisfaction of a one-year holding period, we provide current information at the time of sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

        1% of the total number of securities of the same class then outstanding; or    
 
        the average weekly trading volume of such securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;    

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale.    

 

18

Such sales by affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Restrictions on the Reliance of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies 

Historically, the SEC staff has taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

  The issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;    
 

  The issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;    
 

 

The issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Current Reports on Form 8-K; and

   
 

 

At least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current comprehensive disclosure with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

   


As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, stockholders who receive our restricted securities in a business combination will not be able to sell our shares without registration until one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

Rule 145

In the business combination context, Rule 145 has imposed on affiliates of either the acquiror or the target company restrictions on public resales of securities received in a business combination, even where the securities to be issued in the business combination were registered under the Securities Act. These restrictions were designed to prevent the rapid distribution of securities into the public markets after a registered business combination by those who were in a position to influence the business combination transaction. The recent adopted amendments to Rule 145 eliminate these restrictions in most circumstances.

Under the new amendments, affiliates of a target company who receive registered shares in a Rule 145 business combination transaction, and who do not become affiliates of the acquiror, will be able to immediately resell the securities received by them into the public markets without registration (except for affiliates of a shell company as discussed in the following section). However, those persons who are affiliates of the acquiror, and those who become affiliates of the acquiror after the acquisition, will still be subject to the Rule 144 resale conditions generally applicable to affiliates, including the adequate current public information requirement, volume limitations, manner-of-sale requirements for equity securities, and, if applicable, a Form 144 filing.

Application of Rule 145 to Shell Companies

Public resales of securities acquired by affiliates of acquirers and target companies in business combination transactions involving shell companies will continue to be subject to restrictions imposed by Rule 145. If the business combination transaction is not registered under the Securities Act, then the affiliates must look to Rule 144 to resell their securities (with the additional Rule 144 conditions applicable to shell company securities). If the business combination transaction is registered under the Securities Act, then affiliates of the acquirer and target company may resell the securities acquired in the transaction, subject to the following conditions:

  The issuer must meet all of the conditions applicable to shell companies under Rule 144;    
 

 

After 90 days from the date of the acquisition, the affiliates may resell their securities subject to Rule 144’s volume limitations, adequate current public information requirement, and manner-of-sale requirements;

   


19


 

After six months from the date of the acquisition, selling security-holders who are not affiliates of the acquirer may resell their securities subject only to the adequate current public information requirement of Rule 144; and

   
 

  After one year from the date of the acquisition, selling security-holders who are not affiliates or the acquirer may resell their securities without restriction.    

ITEM 10 . RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

Pursuant to the plan of reorganization, we issued an aggregate of 500,005 shares of our common stock to 482 of our holders of unsecured debt and administrative claims. Such shares were issued in accordance with Section 1145 under the United States Bankruptcy Code and the transaction was thus exempt from the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933.

I TEM 11 . DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED

Capital Stock

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100 million shares of common stock and 10 million shares of preferred stock. Each share of common stock entitles a stockholder to one vote on all matters upon which stockholders are permitted to vote. No stockholder has any preemptive right or other similar right to purchase or subscribe for any additional securities issued by us, and no stockholder has any right to convert the common stock into other securities. No shares of common stock are subject to redemption or any sinking fund provisions. All the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable. Subject to the rights of the holders of the preferred stock, if any, our stockholders of common stock are entitled to dividends when, as and if declared by our board from funds legally available therefore and, upon liquidation, to a pro-rata share in any distribution to stockholders. We do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Pursuant to our Articles of Incorporation, our board has the authority, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the issuance of up to 10 million shares of our preferred stock in one or more series and to determine the dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, rights in terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation of such series. Our board has the power to afford preferences, powers and rights (including voting rights) to the holders of any preferred stock preferences, such rights and preferences being senior to the rights of holders of common stock. No shares of our preferred stock are currently outstanding. Although we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock, the issuance of shares of preferred stock, or the issuance of rights to purchase such shares, may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company. 

Provisions Having A Possible Anti-Takeover Effect

Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board and in the policies formulated by our board and to discourage certain types of transactions which may involve an actual or threatened change of our control. Our board is authorized to adopt, alter, amend and repeal our Bylaws or to adopt new Bylaws. In addition, our board has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10 million shares of our preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. The issuance of our preferred stock or additional shares of common stock could adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

I TEM 12 . INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Under Sections 78.751 and 78.752 of the Nevada Revised Statues, the registrant has broad powers to indemnify and insure its directors and officers against liabilities they may incur in their capacities as such. The registrant’s Bylaws implement the indemnification and insurance provisions permitted by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes by providing that:

       

The registrant must indemnify its directors to the fullest extent permitted by Chapter 78 of the Nevada Revised Statutes and may, if and to the extent authorized by the registrant’s board of directors, so indemnify its officers and any other person whom it has power to indemnify against liability, reasonable expense or other matter whatsoever.

 

 

 



20

       

The registrant may at the discretion of its board of directors purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the registrant and any person whom it has power to indemnify pursuant to law, its articles of incorporation, its bylaws or otherwise.

 

 

 

These indemnification provisions may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.  

Our Articles of Incorporation provides that none of our directors or officers shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer provided, however, that the foregoing provisions shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or knowing violation of law, or the payment of dividends in violation of Section 78.300 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Limitations on liability provided for in our Articles of Incorporation do not restrict the availability of non-monetary remedies and do not affect a director’s responsibility under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.
  
           We believe that these provisions will assist us in attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as executive officers and directors. The inclusion of these provisions in our Articles of Incorporation may have the effect of reducing a likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty of care, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us or our stockholders.
 
           Our Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors to the fullest extent provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes and we may, if and to the extent authorized by our board of directors, so indemnify our officers and other persons whom we have the power to indemnify against liability, reasonable expense or other matters.
 
           Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other that the payment by SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp., of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp, in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will (unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent) submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.  

ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial information beginning on page F-l hereof is provided in accordance with the requirements of Article 8 of Regulation S-X and Item 302 of Regulation S-K.

ITEM 14 . CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not Applicable.
 

ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

  (a)     See the index to financial statements on page F-2 hereof.    
    (b)     Exhibits. The following documents are filed as exhibits to this registration statement:    


21

 

 Exhibit  

Description of Exhibit

   
 

 2.1

 

First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors, In the United States Bankruptcy Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, In Re: Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc., et. al., Debtors, Case No. 07-30230, Jointly Administered, dated August 1, 2007. 

 

 2.2

  Order Confirming First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors, Case No. 07-30230, signed August 1, 2007.   
 2.3 Notice of Entry of Confirmation Order dated August 10, 2007.

 3.1

  Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc. and SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. dated September 9, 2009.  

 3.2

  Articles of Merger as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on September 15, 2009.   

 3.3

  Articles of Merger as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on September 15, 2009.   

 3.4

  Articles of Incorporation of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.  

 3.5

  Bylaws of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.  

 4.1

  Form of common stock certificate.    
_________________

 
22

 

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Contents

Page

Report of Registered Independent Certified Public Accounting Firm    

F-2  

 
Financial Statements    
 
     Balance Sheets    
          as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007    

F-3  

 
     Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss    
        for the six months ended June 30, 2009 (reorganized company),
          year ended December 31, 2008 (reorganized company),    
          the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement)    
          through December 31, 2007 (reorganized company) , for the    
          period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor    
          company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy    
          settlement) through June 30, 2009 (reorganized company)    

F-4  

 
     Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity    
          for the six months ended June 30, 2009 (reorganized company),
          year ended December 31, 2008 (reorganized company),    
          the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement)    
          through December 31, 2007 (reorganized company) , for the    
          period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor    
          company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy    
          settlement) through June 30, 2009 (reorganized company)    

F-5  

 
     Statement of Cash Flows    
          for the six months ended June 30, 2009 (reorganized company),
          year ended December 31, 2008 (reorganized company),    
          the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement)    
          through December 31, 2007 (reorganized company) , for the    
          period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor    
          company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy    
          settlement) through December 31, 2008 (reorganized company)    

F-6  

 
     Notes to Financial Statements     F-7   


F-1

  
 

LETTERHEAD OF S. W. HATFIELD, CPA

REPORT OF REGISTERED INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. (a Nevada corporation and a development stage company) as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007 (reorganized company) and the related statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 (reorganized company), year ended December 31, 2008 (reorganized company), the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2007 (reorganized company), the period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through June 30, 2009 (reorganized company). These financial statements are the sole responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. (a development stage company) as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007 (reorganized company) and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2009 (reorganized company), year ended December 31, 2008 (reorganized company), the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2007 (reorganized company), the period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through June 30, 2009 (reorganized company), in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note D to the financial statements, the Company has no viable operations or significant assets and is dependent upon significant stockholders to provide sufficient working capital to maintain the integrity of the corporate entity. These circumstances create substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern and are discussed in Note D. The financial statements do not contain any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.
 

 

                           /s/ S. W. Hatfield CPA 
                                
S. W. HATFIELD, CPA


Dallas, Texas
October 1, 2009

F-2

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.

(a development stage company)

Balance Sheets

June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007


     

Successor

   

Successor

   

Successor

 
     

Company

   

Company

   

Company

 
 
     

June 30,

   

December 31,

   

December 31,

 
     

2009

   

2008

   

2007

 

ASSETS

   
Current Assets    
         Cash on hand and in bank     $ --   $ --   $ --  
         Due from controlling shareholder       --     159     1,000  
 
                   Total Assets     $ --   $ 159   $ 1,000  
 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

   
Current Liabilities    
         Accounts payable - trade     $ 5,000   $ 5,000   $ 5,000  
         Working capital advances from controlling stockholder       348     --     --  
 
                   Total Liabilities       5,348     5,000     5,000  
 
Commitments and Contingencies    
 
Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)    
         Preferred stock - $0.001 par value    
                  10,000,000 shares authorized.    
                  None issued and outstanding       --     --     --  
Common stock - $0.001 par value.    
                  100,000,000 shares authorized.    
                  500,005 shares issued and outstanding       500     500     500  
         Additional paid-in capital       500     500     500  
         Deficit accumulated during the development stage       (6,348 )   (5,841 )   (5,000 )
 
                   Total Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)       (5,348 )   (4,841 )   (4,000 )
 
                   Total Liabilities and    
                            Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)     $ --   $ 159   $ 1,000  
 

F-3

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Six months ended June 30, 2009,
Year ended December 31, 2008,
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008,
Period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 and
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008

 

   

Successor

   

Successor

     

Successor

 

Predecessor

     

Successor

 
   

Company

   

Company

     

Company

 

Company

     

Company

 
 
             

Period from

       

Period from

 
             

August 1, 2007

       

August 1, 2007

 
             

(date of

       

(date of

 
   

 

         

bankruptcy

 

 

     

bankruptcy

 
   

Six months

         

settlement)

 

Period from

     

settlement)

 
   

ended

   

Year ended

     

through

 

January 1, 2007

     

through

 
   

June 30,

   

December 31,

     

December 31,

 

through

     

December 31,

 
   

2009

   

2008

     

2007

 

July 31, 2007

     

2008

 
 
Revenues    $

 --

   $

--

    $ --  

$

 --

    $ --  
 
Operating expenses    
         Reorganization costs    

--

   

--

      2,500  

--

      2,500  
         Professional fees    

507

   

841

      2,500  

--

      3,848  
         Other general and    
                  administrative costs    

--

   

--

      --  

--

      --  
 
          Total operating expenses    

507

   

841

      5,000  

--

      6,348  
 
Loss from operations    

(507

)  

(841

    (5,000 )

--

      (6,348 )
 
Provision for income taxes    

--

 

 

--

      --  

--

      --  
 
Net loss from continuing operations    

(507

)  

(841

)     (5,000 )

--

      (6,348 )
 
Discontinued Operations    
         Loss from discontinued operations,    
                  net of income tax benefit of $-0-    

--

   

--

      --  

(112,825

    --  
         Gain on bankruptcy liquidation of    
                  operations, net of income tax    
                  benefit of $-0-    

--

   

--

      --  

489,752

      --  
 
Net Income (Loss)    

(507

)  

(841

    (5,000 )

376,927

      (6,348 )
 
Other comprehensive income    

--

   

--

      --  

--

      --  
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss)    $

 (507

)  $

 (841

)   $ (5,000 ) $

376,927

    $ (6,348 )
 
Loss per weighted-average share    
   of common stock outstanding,    
   computed on net loss - basic    
   and fully diluted    $

 (.000

)  $

 (0.00

)   $ (0.01 )     $ (0.01 )
 
Weighted-average number of shares    
   of common stock outstanding -    
   basic and fully diluted    

500,005

   

500,005

      500,005         500,005  


                         

F-4

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Six months ended June 30, 2009,
Year ended December 31, 2008,
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008,
Period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 and
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008

 

                 

Accumulated

   
                 

Deficit or

   
                 

Deficit

                 

accumulated

           

Additional

     

during the

   
   

Common  Stock

   

paid-in

     

development

                                                           

Amount

   

Shares

   

capital

     

stage

Total

Predecessor Company    
          Balances at January 1, 2007    

1,000

   $

10

   $

990

    $ (377,927 ) $ (376,927 )
 
         Net income for the period from    
                  January 1, 2007 to July 31, 2007    

--

   

--

    --       (112,825 )   (112,825 )
 
         Fresh start accounting adjustments    
                  including elimination of all    
                  outstanding equity in settlement    
                  of bankruptcy proceeding    

(1,000

)  

(10

)  

(990

)     490,752     489,752  
 
          Balances at July 31, 2007    

--

   

--

   

--

      --     --  
 
Reorganized Company    
         Stock issued pursuant    
                  to plan of reorganization    
                  at bankruptcy settlement    
                  date on August 1, 2007    

500,005

   

500

   

500

      --     1,000  
 
         Net loss for the period from    
                  August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy    
                  settlement) to December 31, 2007    

--

   

--

   

--

      (5,000 )   (5,000 )
 
          Balances at December 31, 2007    

500,005

   

500

   

500

      (5,000 )   (4,000 )
 
   Net loss for the year    

--

   

--

   

--

      (841 )   (841 )
 
          Balances at December 31, 2008    

500,005

   

500

   

500

      (5,841 )   (4,841 )
 
         Net loss for the period    

--

   

--

   

--

      (507 )   (507 )
 
          Balances at June 30, 2009    

500,005

   $

 500

   $

 500

    $ (6,348 ) $ (5,348 )

                                                   
 

F-5

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Statement of Cash Flows
Six months ended June 30, 2009,
Year ended December 31, 2008,
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008,
Period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 and
Period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2008
                         

 

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Company

Company

Company

Company

Company

 

Period from

Period from

August 1, 2007

August 1, 2007

(date of

(date of

bankruptcy

bankruptcy

Six months

settlement)

Period from

settlement)

ended

Year ended

through

January 1, 2007

through

June 30,

December 31,

December 31,

through

December 31,

2009

2008

2007

July 31, 2007

2008

Cash Flows from Operating Activities                        
         Net income (loss)    
                  for the period     $ (507 ) $ (841 ) $ (5,000 ) $ 376,927   $ (6,348 )
         Adjustments to reconcile net loss    
                  to net cash provided by    
                  operating activities    
                           Non-cash gain on bankruptcy    
                                    settlement and liquidation    
                                    of business activities       --     --     --     (489,752 )   --  
                           Depreciation       --     --     --     3,128

--

                           (Increase) Decrease in    
                                    Accounts receivable       --     --     --     257,250     --  
                                    Prepaid expenses and    
                                      other assets       --     --     --     33,107     --  
                           Increase (Decrease) in    
                                    Accounts payable       --     --     5,000     152,845     5,000  
                                    Other accrued liabilities       --     --     --     (194,060 )   --  
Net cash provided by    
          operating activities       (507 )   (841 )   --     139,445     (1,348 )
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities    
         Purchase of property and equipment    
                  used in operations abandoned    
                  through bankruptcy       --     --     --     --     --  
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities    
         Reduction in cash overdraft       --     --     --     (10,192 )   --  
         Cash paid for debt incurred on    
                  operations abandoned through    
                  bankruptcy       --     --     --     (11,467 )   --  
         Cash advanced to companies    
                  affiliated to the bankruptcy action       --     --     --     (81,832 )   --  
         Cash transferred to bankruptcy trust       --     --     --     (35,954 )   --  
         Cash funded from bankruptcy trust       --     --     1,000     --     1,000  
         Working capital advances    
                  (to) from majority stockholder       507     841     (1,000 )   --     348  
Net cash provided by    
          financing activities       507     841     --     (139,445 )   1,348  
 
Increase in Cash       --     --     --     --     --  
Cash at beginning of period       --     --     --     --     --  
 
Cash at end of period     $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --  
 
Supplemental Disclosure of Interest and Income Taxes Paid   
                  Interest paid    
                     during the period     $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --  
                  Income taxes paid    
                    during the period     $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --   $ --  


F-6

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note A - Background and Description of Business  

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. (Company) was organized on September 9, 2009 as a Nevada corporation to effect the reincorporation of Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc. (Predecessor Company), a Texas corporation, mandated by the plan of reorganization discussed below. 

The Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code on August 1, 2007, which was effective on August 10, 2007, created the combination of a change in majority ownership and voting control - that is, loss of control by the then-existing stockholders, a court-approved reorganization, and a reliable measure of the entity’s fair value - resulting in a fresh start, creating, in substance, a new reporting entity. Accordingly, the Company, post bankruptcy, has no significant assets, liabilities or operating activities. Therefore, the Company, as a new reporting entity, qualifies as a “development stage enterprise” as defined in Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 7, as amended and a shell company as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act), and Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). 

In accordance with the confirmed plan of reorganization, our current business plan is to seek to identify a privately-held operating company desiring to become a publicly held company by merging with the Company through a reverse merger or acquisition. 

Note B - Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code  

On January 17, 2007, Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc. and its affiliated companies (SMS Companies or Debtors) filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. During the three years prior to filing the reorganization petition, SMS Companies operated a chain of skilled nursing homes in Texas, which prior to the bankruptcy proceedings consisted of a total of 14 separate nursing facilities, ranging in size from approximately 114 beds to 325 beds. In the aggregate, SMS Companies provided care to approximately 1,600 resident patients and employed over 1,400 employees. A significant portion of the SMS Companies cash flow was provided by patients covered by Medicare and Medicaid. The SMS Companies facilities provided round-the-clock care for the health, well-being, safety and medical needs of its patients. The administrative and operational oversight of the nursing facilities was provided by an affiliated management company located in Arlington, Texas. In 2005, SMS Companies obtained a secured credit facility from a financial institution. The credit facility eventually was comprised of an $8.3 million term loan and a revolving loan of up to $15 million which was utilized for working capital and to finance the purchase of the real property on which 2 of its nursing care facilities operated. By late 2006, SMS Companies were in an "overadvance" position, whereby the amount of funds extended by the lender exceeded the amount of collateral eligible to be borrowed under the credit facility. Beginning in September 2006, SMS Companies entered into the first of a series of forbearance agreements whereby the lender agreed to forebear from declaring the financing in default provided SMS Companies obtained a commitment from a new lender to refinance and restructure the credit facility. SMS Companies were unsuccessful in obtaining a commitment from a new lender and, on January 5, 2007, the lender declared SMS Companies in default and commenced foreclosure and collection proceedings. On January 9, 2007, the lender agreed to provide an additional $1.7 million to fund payroll and permit a controlled transaction to bankruptcy. Subsequently, on January 17, 2007, the SMS Companies filed a petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. 

Under Chapter 11, certain claims against the Debtors in existence prior to the filing of the petitions for relief under Federal Bankruptcy Laws are stayed while the Debtors continue to operate their businesses as debtors-in-possession under the jurisdiction of the Bankruptcy Court and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and the orders of the Bankruptcy Court. These claims were reflected in the Predecessor Company’s balance sheets as “Liabilities Subject to Compromise” through the settlement date. Additional claims (liabilities subject to compromise) may arise subsequent to the petition date resulting from the rejection of executory contracts, including leases, and from the determination of the court (or agreed to by parties in interest) of allowed claims for contingencies and other disputed amounts.

 

F-7

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note B - Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code - Continued  

The First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan, (the Plan) as presented by SMS Companies and their creditors was approved by the United States Bankruptcy Court, Northern District of Texas - Dallas Division on August 1, 2007. The Plan, which contemplates the Company entering into a reverse merger transaction, provided that certain identified claimants as well as unsecured creditors, in accordance with the allocation provisions of the Plan of Reorganization, and the Company’s new controlling stockholder would receive “new” shares of the Company’s post-reorganization common stock, pursuant to Section 1145(a) of the Bankruptcy Code. As a result of the Plan’s approval, all liens, security interests, encumbrances and other interests, as defined in the Plan of Reorganization, attach to the creditor’s trust. Specific injunctions prohibit any of these claims from being asserted against the Company prior to the contemplated reverse merger. 

All assets, liabilities and other claims, including “Allowed Administrative Claims” which arise in the processing of the bankruptcy proceedings, against the Company and it’s affiliated entities were combined into a single creditor’s trust for the purpose of distribution of funds to creditors. Each of the individual SMS Companies entities otherwise remained separate corporate entities. From the commencement of the bankruptcy proceedings through August 1, 2007 (the confirmation date of the plan of reorganization), all secured claims and/or administrative claims during this period were satisfied through either direct payment or negotiation. 

We will remain subject to the jurisdiction of the bankruptcy court until we consummate a merger or acquisition. Pursuant to the confirmation order, if we do not consummate a business combination prior to November 10, 2010, as mandated in the Plan of Reorganization, the Plan Shares will be deemed canceled, the pre-merger or acquisition injunction provisions of the confirmation order, as they pertain to the Company, shall be deemed dissolved and no discharge will be granted to the Company, all without further order of the bankruptcy court. If we timely consummate a merger or acquisition with an entity which is engaged in business, we will file a certificate of compliance with the bankruptcy court which will state that the requirements of the Plan have been met, resulting in the discharge to be deemed granted. Thereafter, the post discharge injunction provisions set forth in the Plan and the confirmation order shall then become effective. 

The Company’s Plan of Reorganization was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court on August 1, 2007 and became effective on August 10, 2007. It was determined that SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp’s reorganization value computed immediately before August 1, 2007, the confirmation date of the Plan of Reorganization, was approximately $1,000, which consisted of the following:


Current assets to be transferred to the post-confirmation entity     $ 1,000  
Fair market value of property and equipment       --  
Deposits with vendors and other assets transferred  
     to the post-confirmation entity       --  
 
     Reorganization value     $ 1,000  


Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, all of the operations of the Company were transferred to a combined creditor’s trust and, as approved by the Bankruptcy Court, a completely new entity was formed for purposes of completing the aforementioned reverse merger transaction. The Company adopted fresh-start reporting because the holders of existing voting shares immediately before filing and confirmation of the Plan received less than 50.0% of the voting shares of the emerging entity and its reorganization value is not greater than its postpetition liabilities and allowed claims, as shown below:

Postpetition current liabilities     $ --  
Liabilities deferred pursuant to Chapter 11 proceeding       --  
“New” common stock issued upon reorganization       1,000  
 
     Total postpetition liabilities and allowed claims       1,000  
     Reorganization value       (1,000 )
 
     Excess of liabilities over reorganization value     $ --  


              


F-8

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note B - Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code - Continued  

The reorganization value of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. was determined in consideration of several factors and by reliance on various valuation methods, including discounting cash flow and price/earnings and other applicable ratios. The factors considered by SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. included the following:

        Forecasted operating and cash flows results which gave effect to the estimated impact of       
        -     Corporate restructuring and other operating program changes    
        -     Limitations on the use of available net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes resulting from the Plan of Reorganization and other events    
        The discounted residual value at the end of the forecast period based on capitalized cash flows for the last year of that period.  
        Market share and position  
        Competition and general economic conditions  
        Projected sales growth  
        Potential profitability  
        Seasonality and working capital requirements  


After consideration of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.’s debt capacity and other capital structure considerations, such as industry norms, projected earnings to fixed charges, projected earnings before interest and projected free cash flow to debt service and other applicable ratios, management determined that SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.’s reorganization capital structure should be as follows:

Common Stock (500,005 “new” shares to be issued at $0.001 par value)     $ 500  
Additional paid-in capital       500  
 
Total reorganized capital structure     $ 1,000  

As previously discussed, the cancellation of all existing shares outstanding at the date of the bankruptcy filing and the issuance of all “new” shares of the reorganized entity caused an issuance of shares of common stock and a related change of control of the Company with more than 50.0% of the “new” shares being held by persons and/or entities which were not pre-bankruptcy stockholders. Accordingly, per American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” (SOP-90-7), the Company adopted “fresh-start” accounting as of the bankruptcy discharge date whereby all continuing assets and liabilities of the Company were restated to the fair market value. SOP 90-7 further states that fresh start financial statements prepared by entities emerging from bankruptcy will not be comparable with those prepared before their plans were confirmed because they are, in fact, those of a new entity. For accounting purposes, the Company adopted fresh start accounting in accordance with SOP 90-7 as of August 1, 2007, the confirmation date of the Plan. The following accounting entries and condensed balance sheet illustrate the financial effect of implementing the Company’s Plan and the adoption of fresh start reporting as of the approval of the Plan by the Bankruptcy Court on August 1, 2007.

Entries to record debt discharge    

Debit

     

Credit

 
 
Liabilities subject to compromise    

$709,038

       
     Cash    

 

    $ 35,954  
     Accounts receivable - trade and other    

 

      118,229  
     Prepaid expenses and other assets    

 

      23,923  
     Property and equipment    

 

      46,168  
Accumulated depreciation    

4,988

       
     Gain on debt discharge    

 

      489,752  


 


F-9

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note B - Reorganization Under Chapter 11 of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code - Continued

Entries to record cancellation of “old” stock and issuance of “new” stock      

Debit

 

Credit

   
 
Common stock - old     $ 10  

 

   
Additional paid-in capital       490  

 

   
     Common stock - new      

 $

 500

   
 
Entries to record the adoption of fresh-start reporting and to eliminate the deficit    
 
Cash due from bankruptcy creditor’s trust     $ 1,000      
     Accumulated deficit      

 $

1,000

   

The effect of the Plan of Reorganization on SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.’s balance sheet at August 1, 2007, is as follows:

Adjustments to record confirmation of Plan

  July 31, 2007

August 1, 2007

Reorganized

     

Pre-

   

Debt

   

Exchange of

   

Fresh

   

Balance

 
     

Confirmation

   

discharge

   

stock

   

start

   

Sheet

 
 
Cash on hand and in bank     $ 35,954   $ (35,954 ) $ --   $ 1,000   $ 1,000  
Accounts receivable       118,229     (118,229 )   --     --     --  
Prepaid expenses and other       23,923     (23,923 )   --     --     --  
                  Total current assets       178,106     (178,106 )   --     1,000     1,000  
 
Property and equipment       46,168     (46,168 )   --     --     --  
         Accumulated depreciation       (4,988 )   4,988     --     --     --  
                  Net Property and Equipment       41,180     (41,480 )   --     --     --  
 
Total Assets     $ 219,286   $ (219,286 ) $ --   $ 1,000   $ 1,000  
 
Liabilities subject    
         to compromise     $ 709,038   $ (709,038 ) $ --   $ --   $ --  
 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit)    
         Common stock - new       --     --     500     --     500  
         Common stock - old       10     --     (10 )   --     --  
         Additional paid-in capital       990     --     (490 )   --     500  
         Accumulated deficit       (490,752 )   489,752     --     1,000     --  
         Total stockholders’ deficit       (489,752 )   489,752     --     1,000     1,000  
 
Total Liabilities and    
         Stockholders’ Equity     $ 219,286   $ (219,286 ) $ --   $ 1,000   $ 1,000  

As of August 1, 2007, in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization, the only asset of the Company was approximately $1,000 in cash transferred from the bankruptcy creditor’s trust.

  

 

(Remainder of this page left blank intentionally)

F-10

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note C - Preparation of Financial Statements  

All financial information prior to August 1, 2007 is presented as pertaining to the Predecessor Company while all financial information presented as of and after August 1, 2007 is presented as pertaining to the Reorganized Company. Accordingly, the Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss and Statement of Cash Flows present information pertaining to both the Predecessor Company and Reorganized Company. The information presented in the Balance Sheet pertains only to the Reorganized Company at June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

As stated in SOP 90-7, fresh start financial statements prepared by entities emerging from bankruptcy will not be comparable with those prepared before their plans were confirmed because they are, in fact, those of a new entity.  

The results of operations related to the business activities abandoned through the bankruptcy action for the Predecessor Company period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 are presented as “discontinued operations” in the accompanying statement of operations, pursuant to the appropriate accounting standards. 

The Company follows the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and has established a year-end for accounting purposes of December 31. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Management further acknowledges that it is solely responsible for adopting sound accounting practices, establishing and maintaining a system of internal accounting control and preventing and detecting fraud. The Company’s system of internal accounting control is designed to assure, among other items, that 1) recorded transactions are valid; 2) valid transactions are recorded; and 3) transactions are recorded in the proper period in a timely manner to produce financial statements which present fairly the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the respective periods being presented. 

Note D - Going Concern Uncertainty
 
The Company has no post-bankruptcy operating history, no cash on hand, no assets and has a business plan with inherent risk. Because of these factors, the Company’s auditors have issued an audit opinion on the Company’s financial statements which includes a statement describing our going concern status. This means, in the auditor’s opinion, substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern exists at the date of their opinion.
 
The Company’s majority stockholder currently maintains the corporate status of the Company and has provided all nominal working capital support on the Company's behalf since the bankruptcy discharge date. Because of the Company's lack of operating assets, its continuance is fully dependent upon the majority stockholder's continuing support. The majority stockholder intends to continue the funding of nominal necessary expenses to sustain the corporate entity. However, the Company is at the mercy of future economic trends and business operations for the Company’s majority stockholder to have the resources available to support the Company. Should this pledge fail to provide financing, the Company has not identified any alternative sources of working capital to support the Company.
 
The Company's continued existence is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to support its daily operations as well as provide sufficient resources to retire existing liabilities and obligations on a timely basis. Further, the Company faces considerable risk in it’s business plan and a potential shortfall of funding due to our inability to raise capital in the equity securities market. If no additional operating capital is received during the next twelve months, the Company will be forced to rely on existing cash in the bank and additional funds loaned by management and/or significant stockholders.
 

F-11

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note D - Going Concern Uncertainty - Continued  

The Company’s business plan is to seek an acquisition or merger with a private operating company which offers an opportunity for growth and possible appreciation of our stockholders’ investment in the then issued and outstanding common stock. However, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully consummate an acquisition or merger with a private operating company or, if successful, that any acquisition or merger will result in the appreciation of our stockholders’ investment in the then outstanding common stock. 

The Company remains dependent upon additional external sources of financing; including being dependent upon its management and/or significant stockholders to provide sufficient working capital in excess of the Company’s initial capitalization to preserve the integrity of the corporate entity. 

The Company anticipates offering future sales of equity securities. However, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional funding through the sales of additional equity securities or, that such funding, if available, will be obtained on terms favorable to or affordable by the Company. 

The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock and 100,000,000 shares of common stock. The Company’s ability to issue preferred stock may limit the Company’s ability to obtain debt or equity financing as well as impede potential takeover of the Company, which takeover may be in the best interest of stockholders. The Company’s ability to issue these authorized but unissued securities may also negatively impact our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our debt or equity securities. 

It is the intent of management and significant stockholders to provide sufficient working capital necessary to support and preserve the integrity of the corporate entity. However, no formal commitments or arrangements to advance or loan funds to the Company or repay any such advances or loans exist. There is no legal obligation for either management or significant stockholders to provide additional future funding. 

In such a restricted cash flow scenario, the Company would be unable to complete its business plan steps, and would, instead, delay all cash intensive activities. Without necessary cash flow, the Company may become dormant during the next twelve months, or until such time as necessary funds could be raised in the equity securities market. 

While the Company is of the opinion that good faith estimates of the Company’s ability to secure additional capital in the future to reach its goals have been made, there is no guarantee that the Company will receive sufficient funding to sustain operations or implement any future business plan steps. 

Note E - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

1.      Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all cash on hand and in banks, certificates of deposit and other highly-liquid investments with maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash and cash equivalents.

2.      Reorganization costs

The Company has adopted the provisions of AICPA Statement of Position 98-5, “Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities” whereby all costs incurred with the incorporation and reorganization, post-bankruptcy, of the Company were charged to operations as incurred.

F-12

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note E - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Continued  

3.      Income taxes

The Company files income tax returns in the United States of America and various states, as appropriate and applicable. As a result of the Company’s bankruptcy action, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, as applicable, income tax examinations by regulatory taxing authorities for any period prior to August 1, 2007. The Company does not anticipate any examinations of returns filed for periods ending after August 1, 2007.

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, the deferred tax asset and deferred tax liability accounts, as recorded when material to the financial statements, are entirely the result of temporary differences. Temporary differences generally represent differences in the recognition of assets and liabilities for tax and financial reporting purposes, primarily accumulated depreciation and amortization, allowance for doubtful accounts and vacation accruals.

The Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, on January 1, 2007. FASB Interpretation No. 48 requires the recognition of potential liabilities as a result of management’s acceptance of potentially uncertain positions for income tax treatment on a “more-likely-than-not” probability of an assessment upon examination by a respective taxing authority. As a result of the implementation of Interpretation 48, the Company did not incur any liability for unrecognized tax benefits.

4.      Income (Loss) per share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the respective period presented in our accompanying financial statements.

Fully diluted earnings (loss) per share is computed similar to basic income (loss) per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of common stock equivalents (primarily outstanding options and warrants).

Common stock equivalents represent the dilutive effect of the assumed exercise of the outstanding stock options and warrants, using the treasury stock method, at either the beginning of the respective period presented or the date of issuance, whichever is later, and only if the common stock equivalents are considered dilutive based upon the Company’s net income (loss) position at the calculation date.

As of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007, and subsequent thereto, the Company had no outstanding stock warrants, options or convertible securities which could be considered as dilutive for purposes of the loss per share calculation.

Note F - Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The carrying amount of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and notes payable, as applicable, approximates fair value due to the short term nature of these items and/or the current interest rates payable in relation to current market conditions. 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the Company’s earnings are subject to fluctuations in interest rates on either investments or on debt and is fully dependent upon the volatility of these rates. The Company does not use derivative instruments to moderate its exposure to interest rate risk, if any.

Financial risk is the risk that the Company’s earnings are subject to fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates and are fully dependent upon the volatility of these rates. The Company does not use derivative instruments to moderate its exposure to financial risk, if any.

 

F-13

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note G - Income Taxes  

The components of income tax (benefit) expense for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2008, the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2007, the period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through June 30, 2009 are as follows:

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Company

Company

Company

Company

Company

Period from 

Period from 

August 1, 2007

August 1, 2007

(date of

(date of

bankruptcy

bankruptcy

   

Six months

       

settlement)

   

Period from

   

settlement)

   
   

ended

   

Year ended

   

through

   

January 1, 2007

   

through

   
   

June 30,

   

December 31,

   

December 31,

   

through

   

December 31,

   
   

2009

   

2008

   

2007

   

July 31, 2007

   

2008

   
Federal:    
         Current  

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

   
         Deferred    

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

--

--

--

--

State:    
         Current    

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   
         Deferred    

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

   

--

--

--

--

--

 
         Total  

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

   


As of June 30, 2009, the Company has a net operating loss carryforward of approximately $6,300 to offset future taxable income. The amount and availability of any net operating loss carryforwards will be subject to the limitations set forth in the Internal Revenue Code. Such factors as the number of shares ultimately issued within a three year look-back period; whether there is a deemed more than 50 percent change in control; the applicable long-term tax exempt bond rate; continuity of historical business; and subsequent income of the Company all enter into the annual computation of allowable annual utilization of any net operating loss carryforward(s).
  

  

  

 

(Remainder of this page left blank intentionally)

F-14

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
(a development stage company)

Notes to Financial Statements - Continued
June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007

Note G - Income Taxes - Continued  

The Company's income tax expense (benefit) for the six months ended June 30, 2009, the year ended December 31, 2008, the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through December 31, 2007, the period from January 1, 2007 through July 31, 2007 (predecessor company) and for the period from August 1, 2007 (date of bankruptcy settlement) through June 30, 2009 varied from the statutory rate of 34% as follows:

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Successor

Company

Company

Company

Company

Company

Period from 

Period from 

August 1, 2007

August 1, 2007

(date of

(date of

bankruptcy

bankruptcy

   

Six months

       

settlement)

   

Period from

   

settlement)

   
   

ended

   

Year ended

   

through

   

January 1, 2007

   

through

   
   

June 30,

   

December 31,

   

December 31,

   

through

   

December 31,

   
   

2009

   

2008

   

2007

   

July 31, 2007

   

2008

   
Statutory rate applied to    
         income before income taxes  

 $

 (170)

 

 $

 (285)

 

 $

 (1,700)

 

 $

 128,200

 

 $

 (2,155)

   
Increase (decrease) in income              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   
         taxes resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

            State income taxes    

--

--

--

--

--

            Other, including reserve    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   
            for deferred tax asset and    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   
         application of net operating

 

 

 

 

 

         loss carryforward

170

 

 

285

 

 

1,700

 

 

(128,200)

 

 

2,155

 
Income tax expense           

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

 

 $

 --

   


The Company’s only temporary difference as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, relates to the Company’s net operating loss carryforward. Accordingly, any deferred tax asset is fully reserved as of June 30, 2009, December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. 

Note H - Capital Stock Transactions
 
Pursuant to the Plan affirmed by the U. S. Bankruptcy Court - Northern District of Texas - Dallas Division, the Company will issue a sufficient number of Plan shares to meet the requirements of the Plan. Such number was estimated in the Plan to be approximately 500,000 Plan Shares relative to each Post Confirmation Debtor.
 
As provided in the Plan, 80.0% of the Plan Shares of the Company were issued to Halter Financial Group, Inc. (HFG) in exchange for the release of its Allowed Administrative Claims and for the performance of certain services and the payment of certain fees related to the anticipated reverse merger or acquisition transactions described in the Plan. The remaining 20.0% of the Plan Shares of the Company were issued to other holders of various claims as defined in the Plan.
 
Based upon the calculations provided by the Creditor’s Trustee, the Company issued an aggregate 500,005 shares of the Company’s “new” common stock to HFG and the appropriate holders of various claims, as defined in the Plan, in settlement of all unpaid pre-confirmation obligations of the Company and/or the bankruptcy trust.
 
Effective September 9, 2009, HFG transferred its 415,960 Plan Shares to Halter Financial Investments, L.P. (HFI), a Texas limited partnership controlled by Timothy P. Halter, who is also the controlling officer of HFG.
 

F-15

S IGNATURES

In accordance with Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Company caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    SMSA CRANE ACQUISITON CORP.    
 
DATE: October  8, 2009    By:   /s/ Timothy P. Halter    
    Timothy P. Halter, President, Secretary, Chief    
    Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer    


23

 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement

 

 Exhibit  

Description of Exhibit

   
 

 2.1

 

First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors, In the United States Bankruptcy Court, Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, In Re: Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc., et. al., Debtors, Case No. 07-30230, Jointly Administered, dated August 1, 2007. 

 
 

 2.2

  Order Confirming First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors, Case No. 07-30230, signed August 1, 2007.   
 
 2.3 Notice of Entry of Confirmation Order dated August 10, 2007.
 

 3.1

  Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc. and SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. dated September 9, 2009.  
 

 3.2

  Articles of Merger as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada on September 15, 2009.   
 

 3.3

  Articles of Merger as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas on September 15, 2009.   
 

 3.4

  Articles of Incorporation of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.  
 

 3.5

  Bylaws of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.  
 

 4.1

  Form of common stock certificate.    


IOE-1

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
DALLAS DIVISION

 

     §              
    IN RE:  §       Chapter 11    
     §  
    SENIOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES OF  §       Case No. 07-30230    
    TREEMONT, INC., et al .,  §       Jointly Administered    
     §  
    Debtors.  §      

 

FIRST AMENDED, MODIFIED CHAPTER 11 PLAN PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS

Dated: August 1, 2007

 

GARDERE WYNNE SEWELL LLP
Deirdre B. Ruckman
Michael P. Cooley
Michael S. Haynes
3000 Thanksgiving Tower
1601 Elm Street
Dallas, TX 75201
COUNSEL FOR DEBTORS



 

 

 

 

 





 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
 
ARTICLE I INTRODUCTION    
   Section 1.1 Introduction            1
   Section 1.2 Separate Plans       1
   Section 1.3 Classification of Claims and Interests       2
   Section 1.4 Funding for the Plan       2
ARTICLE II COMPROMISE AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES      
   Section 2.1 Settlement Authority       2
   Section 2.2 Formation of SMSA II and Liquidating Debtor Groups       3
   Section 2.3 Treatment of Certain Guaranty Claims       3
   Section 2.4 Inter-Debtor Settlement       3
ARTICLE III PROVISIONS FOR PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES AND      
                      PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS      
   Section 3.1 Treatment of Allowed Administrative Expenses       5
   Section 3.2 Treatment of Allowed Priority Tax Claims       6
ARTICLE IV TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS      
   Section 4.1 Treatment of Allowed Class 1 Claims (Priority Claims)       6
   Section 4.2 Treatment of Allowed Class 2 Claims (DIP Secured Claims)       7
   Section 4.3 Treatment of Allowed Class 3 Claim (Miscellaneous Secured Claims)       7
   Section 4.4 Treatment of Allowed Class 4 Claims (General Unsecured Claims)       8
   Section 4.5 Treatment of Allowed Class 5 Claims (Convenience Claims)       9
   Section 4.6 Treatment of Allowed Class 6 Claims (Intercompany Claims)       9
   Section 4.7 Treatment of Allowed Class 7 Claims (Subordinated Claims)       10
   Section 4.8 Treatment of Allowed Class 8 Interests (Old Equity Interests)       10
ARTICLE V PLAN IMPLEMENTATION; GENERAL PROVISIONS      
   Section 5.1 General Company Matters       10
   Section 5.2 Reorganized Debtors       10
   Section 5.3 Company Action for Reorganized Debtors       11
   Section 5.4 Directors of the Reorganized Debtors       11
   Section 5.5 Post Confirmation Financing       11
   Section 5.6 Effectiveness of Securities, Instruments and Agreements       11
   Section 5.7 Approval of Agreements       11
   Section 5.8 Employee Benefit Plans       12
   Section 5.9 Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims; Source of Cash and Reorganization      
                     Securities for Distributions         12
   Section 5.10 Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities; Cancellation of Indentures       12
   Section 5.11 Release of Liens and Perfection of Liens       12  
   Section 5.12 Election to be Treated in Class 5       13
   Section 5.13 Liens Securing Post Confirmation Credit Facility; Further Transactions       13
   Section 5.14 Payment of Fees       13
ARTICLE VI PLAN IMPLEMENTATION; LIQUIDATING AND TARGET DEBTORS      
   Section 6.1 Formation of Post Confirmation Debtors       14
   Section 6.2 Corporate Governance of the Post Confirmation Debtors       15
   Section 6.3 Corporate Governance of Serenity       15
   Section 6.4 The Reverse Merger or Acquisition       15
   Section 6.5 Distribution of the Plan Shares       16
   Section 6.6 Post Confirmation Date Reporting       19
   Section 6.7 Filing of Returns and Effect on Consummation of the Plan Date       19
   Section 6.8 Corporate Governance       20


i


 

   Section 6.9 Continuing Existence       20  
ARTICLE VII LIQUIDATING TRUST; PLAN AGENT      
  Section 7.1 Purpose of Trust       20  
   Section 7.2 Governing Document       20  
   Section 7.3 Vesting of Assets in the Liquidating Trust       21  
   Section 7.4 Plan Agent       22  
   Section 7.5 Liquidation of Assets       22  
   Section 7.6 Approval by the Executive Committee       22  
   Section 7.7 Retention of Rights to Pursue Causes of Action; Allocation of Proceeds       23  
   Section 7.8 Accounts       24  
   Section 7.9 Indemnification; Mutual Indemnification       24  
   Section 7.10 Payment of Fees and Expenses to Plan Agent       24  
   Section 7.11 Resignation, Replacement or Termination of Plan Agent       24  
   Section 7.12 Counterclaims       25  
   Section 7.13 Termination of Liquidating Trust       25  
ARTICLE VIII DISPUTED CLAIMS, DISPUTED INTERESTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS      
                        DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS      
   Section 8.1 Objections       25  
   Section 8.2 Amendments to Claims; Claims Filed After the Confirmation Date       25  
   Section 8.3 Distributions       25  
   Section 8.4 Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims       26  
   Section 8.5 Disputed Claim Reserves       26  
   Section 8.6 Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions       27  
   Section 8.7 Allocation of Consideration       27  
   Section 8.8 Transmittal of Distributions and Notices       27  
   Section 8.9 Method of Cash Distributions       28  
   Section 8.10 Distributions on Non-Business Days       28  
   Section 8.11 Withholding Taxes       28  
   Section 8.12 Closing of the Chapter 11 Case       28  
ARTICLE IX TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES      
   Section 9.1 Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Assumed       28  
   Section 9.2 Approval of Assumptions       29  
   Section 9.3 Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases       29  
   Section 9.4 Objections to Proposed Cure Amounts       29  
   Section 9.5 Payment Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases       30  
   Section 9.6 Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Rejected       30  
   Section 9.7 Bar Date for Rejection Damages       31  
   Section 9.8 Contracts Entered Into on or After the Petition Date       31  
ARTICLE X DISCHARGE, RELEASES AND INDEMNIFICATION      
   Section 10.1 Releases and Discharge of Claims and Interests       31  
   Section 10.2 Releases of Insiders       33  
   Section 10.3 Conclusion of Chapter 11 Cases and Dissolution of Creditors Committee       33  
ARTICLE XI CONDITIONS TO OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE      
   Section 11.1 Conditions to Occurrence of the Effective Date          34  
   Section 11.2 Waiver of Conditions to Occurrence of the Effective Date          35  
ARTICLE XII EFFECTS OF PLAN CONFIRMATION  
   Section 12.1 Binding Effect          35  
   Section 12.2 Revesting and Vesting          35  
   Section 12.3 Injunction          35  
   Section 12.4 Trading Injunction          37  


ii


   Section 12.5 Remedy for Violation of Injunctions       37  
ARTICLE XIII ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS        
   Section 13.1 Retention of Jurisdiction       37  
   Section 13.2 Jurisdiction Over the Reorganized Debtors       39  
   Section 13.3 Tabulation of Votes on a Non-Consolidated Basis       39  
   Section 13.4 Cram Down       39  
   Section 13.5 Modification of the Plan       40  
   Section 13.6 Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes       40  
   Section 13.7 Set-offs       40  
   Section 13.8 Compromise of Controversies       40  
   Section 13.9 Withdrawal or Revocation of the Plan       41  
   Section 13.10 Successors and Assigns       41  
   Section 13.11 Governing Law       41  
   Section 13.12 Severability       41  
   Section 13.13 Notices       41  
   Section 13.14 Interpretation, Rules of Construction, Computation of Time,        
                         and Choice of Law       42  
   Section 13.15 No Admissions       43  
   Section 13.16 Limitation of Liability       43  


 

Appendix 1: Schedule of Defined Terms
Appendix 2: Retention and Enforcement of Causes of Action

 

 

 

 

iii


 

 

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

Section 1.1 Introduction. This Plan is proposed by and on behalf of each Debtor as its individual, separate plan under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. Reference is made to the Disclosure Statement accompanying the Plan for a discussion of the Debtors’ history, results of operations, historical financial information and properties, and for a summary and analysis of the Plan. All holders of Claims against and Interests in a Debtor are encouraged to read the Plan and the Disclosure Statement in their entirety before voting to accept or reject the Plan. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the attached Appendix 1.

Section 1.2 Separate Plans. As discussed further in Section 2.2 and in the Disclosure Statement, the Debtors are collected into two groups: the SMSA II Debtors and the Liquidating Debtors. For each Debtor, this Plan comprises that Debtor’s individual, separate plan of reorganization or liquidation. Table 1 identifies the Debtors comprising the SMSA II Debtors and the Liquidating Debtors, respectively.

   

     Table 1

   
   

Corporate Name

   

Facility Name (“doing business as”)

   

SMSA II Debtors

    Senior Management Services of America II, Inc.     None    
    Senior Management Services of America North Texas,     None    
    Inc.    
    Senior Management Services of America Houston, Inc.     None    
    Senior Management Services of Estates at Fort Worth,     Estates Healthcare Center    
    Inc.    
    Senior Management Services of Katy, Inc.     Oakmont Nursing and Rehabilitation Center of Katy    
    Senior Management Services of Humble, Inc.     Oakmont Nursing and Rehabilitation Center of Humble    
    Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc.     Treemont Nursing and Rehabilitation Center    
    Senior Management Services of Doctors at Dallas, Inc.     Doctors Healthcare Center    
    Senior Management Services of Normandy at San     Normandy Terrace Nursing and Rehabilitation Center    
    Antonio, Inc.    
    Senior Management Services of Heritage Oaks at     Heritage Oaks Nursing and Rehabilitation Center    
    Ballinger, Inc.      

Liquidating Debtors

    Senior Management Services of America, Inc.     None    
    Senior Management Services of America III, Inc.     None    
    Senior Management Services of America IV, Inc.     None    
    Serenity Management Services, Inc.     None    
    Senior Management Services of El Paso Sunset, Inc.     Sunset Haven Nursing Center    
    Senior Management Services of El Paso Coronado, Inc.     Coronado Nursing Center    
    Senior Management Services of Palestine, Inc.     Greenbrier Nursing and Rehabilitation Center of    
    Palestine    
    Senior Management Services of Tyler, Inc.     Greenbrier Nursing and Rehabilitation Center of Tyler    
    Senior Management Services of Gainesville, Inc.     Gainesville Health and Rehabilitation Center    
        Gainesville Convalescent Center    
    Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.     Crane Nursing and Rehabilitation Center    
    Senior Management Services of Kerrville, Inc.     River Hills Health and Rehabilitation Center    
    Senior Management Services of Shreveport, Inc.     NurseCare Nursing and Rehabiliation Center    
    Cora Properties of Crane, LP     None    
    Cora Properties of Kerrville, LP     None    
Page 1

Although the Debtors anticipate that the Plan will be confirmed as to all twenty-four Debtors, the Debtors reserve the right to seek confirmation of the Plan for fewer than all twenty-four Debtors.

Section 1.3 Classification of Claims and Interests. Pursuant to § 1122, the Debtors have designated the certain Classes of Claims and Interests under the Plan. For each Debtor—

Class 1 consists of all Priority Claims.

Class 2 consists of all DIP Secured Claims.

Class 3 consists of all Miscellaneous Secured Claims.

Class 4 consists of all General Unsecured Claims.

Class 5 consists of all Convenience Claims.

Class 6 consists of all Intercompany Claims.

Class 7 consists of all Subordinated Claims.

Class 8 consists of all Old Equity Interests.

Administrative Expenses and Priority Tax Claims of the kinds specified in §§ 507(a)(1), 502(i) and 507(a)(8) are excluded from the foregoing Classes in accordance with § 1123(a)(1) and not separately classified.

Section 1.4 Funding for the Plan. The Plan will be funded from proceeds generated from the following sources: (i) the sale of either the New Equity Interests or the Acquired Assets to a Purchaser to be identified through a competitive auction process, (ii) the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, if any; (ii) the collection and liquidation of the outstanding accounts receivable from each Debtor (unless sold to the Purchaser); (iii) any cash proceeds from litigation recoveries or settlement with Troy Clanton, his affiliates and relatives; and (iv) any other sources (other than proceeds of Causes of Action, including Chapter 5 Causes of Action, but excluding proceeds of litigation recoveries from or settlements with Troy Clanton, his affiliates and relatives, which shall be distributed pursuant to Section 7.7(f) of the Plan). The net proceeds of (i) through (iv) above are collectively referred to herein and in the Disclosure Statement as the “Capital Infusion,” which will be distributed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme described in Section 2.4 of the Plan. Refer to Section IV.J. of the Disclosure Statement and other pleadings on file in the Chapter 11 Cases for more information about the competitive auction process described above.

ARTICLE II

COMPROMISE AND SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

Section 2.1 Settlement Authority. Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019(a), each Debtor may compromise and settle various claims it has against other Debtors and Claims that it may have against other Entities. The Confirmation Order shall authorize, and constitute Bankruptcy Court approval of, the compromises and settlements set forth in this Article II of the Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019(a) and § 1123(b)(3). The Debtors reserve the right to modify the Plan to the extent any compromise and settlement described below is not approved by the Bankruptcy Court, in whole or in part.

Page 2

Section 2.2 Formation of SMSA II and Liquidating Debtor Groups. In settlement and compromise of certain existing and potential disputes regarding Intercompany Claims and related matters, pursuant to §§ 1123(b)(3) and (6) and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, the Plan treats the SMSA II Debtors as comprising a single Estate solely for the purpose of making Distributions in respect of Claims against and Interests in the SMSA II Debtors under the Plan. The Plan further treats the Liquidating Debtors as comprising a single Estate solely for the purpose of making Distributions in respect of Claims against and Interests in the Liquidating Debtors under the Plan. This settlement and compromise shall neither affect any Debtor’s status as a separate legal Entity, change the organizational structure of the Debtors’ business enterprise, constitute a change of control of any Debtor for any purpose, cause a merger or consolidation of any legal Entities, nor cause the transfer of any assets. Except as otherwise provided by or permitted in the Plan, each Debtor shall continue to exist as a separate legal Entity. This settlement and compromise (and the treatment derived therefrom) serves only as a mechanism to effect a fair distribution of value to the respective Debtors’ constituencies.

Section 2.3 Treatment of Certain Guaranty Claims. Any holder of a Claim against a Debtor and a Claim based on a guaranty of such base Claim given by another Debtor shall receive only a single recovery in respect of such Claims.

Section 2.4 Inter-Debtor Settlement. Effective as of the Effective Date, the SMSA II Debtors and the Liquidating Debtors agree that all Claims and disputes between them, including all Intercompany Claims, shall be settled pursuant to the following terms: 1

(a) On the Effective Date, all Intercompany Claims and Administrative Expenses asserted by any Debtor against any other Debtor shall, solely for purposes of receiving Plan Distributions, be deemed resolved as a result of the settlement and compromise described in this Article II and therefore not entitled to any Distribution and shall not be entitled to vote on the Plan. In addition, all Intercompany Claims between the collective SMSA II Debtors and the collective Liquidating Debtors shall, solely for purposes of receiving Plan Distributions, be deemed resolved as part of the global settlement of Intercompany Claims and related matters under the Plan and therefore not entitled to any Plan Distribution and shall not be entitled to vote on the Plan. Except as set forth in the Distribution Scheme, no Distribution shall be made on account of any Interest in any Debtor regardless of whether such Interests are held by a Person that is not a Debtor; provided, that any Debtor that owns Interests in another Debtor shall retain such Interests, except as otherwise provided in the Plan.  

(b) On the Effective Date, the Capital Infusion shall be allocated and distributed in Cash by the Plan Agent pursuant to the following “Distribution Scheme”:

_____________

1 Troy Clanton, in his capacity as holder of 100% of the Old Equity Interests in SMSA II, will consent to the Inter-Debtor Settlement set forth in this Article II of the Plan and described in Section IV.B. of the Disclosure Statement, provided that the Release Conditions are approved by the Bankruptcy Court, either in connection with the Confirmation of this Plan or the approval of a separate compromise and settlement proposed under Bankruptcy Rule 9019. In the absence of such approval, Mr. Clanton otherwise reserves the right to object to the Plan.

Page 3

(i) First, unless otherwise agreed to by the DIP Lender (including by refinancing through the Post Confirmation Credit Facility), in an amount sufficient to pay in full all Allowed Secured DIP Claims against all Debtors.  

(ii) Second, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed Administrative Expenses, Allowed Priority Tax Claims and Allowed Priority Claims against SMSA II Debtors in an amount sufficient to fund such Distributions as provided for in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 of the Plan.

(iii) Third, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed Administrative Expenses, Allowed Priority Tax Claims and Allowed Priority Claims against Liquidating Debtors in an amount sufficient to fund such Distributions as provided for in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 of the Plan.

(iv) Fourth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund up to $250,000 for Distribution to holders of Allowed Convenience Claims against the Debtors as provided for in Section 4.5 of the Plan.  

(v) Fifth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund the Claims Resolution Escrow Account with Cash in an amount equal to the lesser of  (i) 100% of the net remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) $250,000.  

(vi) Sixth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against SMSA II Debtors in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the net remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) an amount equal to 90% of the amount of such holders’ Allowed Claims.

(vii) Seventh, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Liquidating Debtors in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the net remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) an amount equal to 10% of the amount of such holders’ Allowed Claims.

(viii) Eighth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against SMSA II Debtors in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the net remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) an amount sufficient to pay such holders’ Allowed Claims in full (without interest).

(ix) Ninth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against Liquidating Debtors in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the net

Page 4

remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) an amount sufficient to pay such holders’ Allowed Claims in full (without interest).

(x) Tenth, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against SMSA II Debtors in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 100% of the net remaining proceeds of the Capital Infusion and (ii) an amount sufficient to pay interest on such holders’ Allowed General Unsecured Claims at the federal judgment rate.  

(xi) Eleventh, to the extent any proceeds remain, to fund Distributions to holders of Allowed Old Equity Interests in SMSA II.

(c) On the Effective Date, each Debtor shall execute the releases provided in Section 10.1 of the Plan.

ARTICLE III

PROVISIONS FOR PAYMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

AND PRIORITY TAX CLAIMS

Section 3.1 Treatment of Allowed Administrative Expenses.

(a) Unless otherwise provided for herein, each holder of an Allowed Administrative Expense (including, without limitation, all compensation and reimbursement of expenses of Professionals pursuant to §§ 327, 328, 330, 331, 363, 503(b) or 1103) shall receive 100% of the unpaid Allowed amount of such Administrative Expense in Cash on or as soon as reasonably practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date on which such Administrative Expense becomes Allowed; provided , however , that an Allowed Administrative Expense representing obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices of the SMSA II Debtors shall be paid in full or performed by the Reorganized Debtors, in accordance with its terms and conditions in the ordinary course of business consistent with such past practices; provided , further , that an Allowed Administrative Expense against an SMSA II Debtor may be paid on such other terms and conditions as are agreed to between the Reorganized Debtors and the holder of such Allowed Administrative Expense.  

(b) Applications for allowance and payment of Administrative Expenses that have not been paid, released or otherwise settled, including Administrative Expenses for reimbursement of expenses of the members of the Creditors Committee and Administrative Expenses for compensation or reimbursement of expenses incurred in making a substantial contribution in the Bankruptcy Case pursuant to §§ 503(b)(3) or (4), but excluding (i) Administrative Expenses that are postpetition trade payables not payable in the ordinary course of business until after the Effective Date and (ii) Administrative Expenses for fees and expenses of Professionals, must be filed on or before the twentieth (20th) day following the Effective Date or forever be barred from doing so.  

(c) All Professionals requesting payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses for services rendered before the Effective Date shall File and serve on counsel for the Debtors, the Plan Agent, counsel for the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, as

Page 5

applicable, and the United States Trustee an application for final allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any objection to the application of a Professional for payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses must be Filed and served on counsel for the Debtors, the Plan Agent, counsel for the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, as applicable, the United States Trustee and the Professional to whose fee application the objection is addressed. Allowed unpaid fees and expenses of Professionals as of the Effective Date will be paid out of available Cash or the proceeds of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all fees, expenses and other compensation arising after the Effective Date and due and payable to professionals retained by the Plan Agent or the Executive Committee shall be paid out of funds in the Claims Resolution Escrow Account.  

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of HFG, either (i) each Allowed Administrative Expense of HFG against a Target Debtor will be paid according to the terms set forth in the promissory note evidencing such Administrative Expense pari passu with all other Allowed Administrative Expenses of the Liquidating Debtors, or (ii) HFG may receive 80% of the Plan Shares issued by each of the Post Confirmation Debtors in full satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Expenses. HFG shall file a notice of such election with the Bankruptcy Court no later than three (3) business days prior to the Confirmation Hearing; provided, that such election shall become final and binding only upon entry of the Confirmation Order.

Section 3.2 Treatment of Allowed Priority Tax Claims. At the option of the Plan Agent, as applicable, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive on account of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim either (i) payment in full in Cash of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on or as soon as practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date and (b) the date on which such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim; (ii) regular installment payments in Cash, over a period ending not later than five (5) years after the Petition Date, of a total value, as of the Effective Date, equal to the Allowed amount of such Priority Tax Claim; or (iii) such other treatment agreed to by the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Plan Agent, as applicable; provided , such treatment is on more favorable terms to the Debtors than the treatment set forth in clause (ii). The Plan Agent shall have the right, in consultation with the Executive Committee, to prepay Allowed Priority Tax Claims without penalty of any sort or nature.

ARTICLE IV

TREATMENT OF CLAIMS AND INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Treatment of Allowed Class 1 Claims (Priority Claims).

(a) Unless otherwise agreed by the holder of an Allowed Priority Claim and the corresponding Debtor or, following the Effective Date, the Plan Agent, each holder of an Allowed Priority Claim against an SMSA II Debtor shall receive, pursuant to the Distribution Scheme, a Cash Distribution equal to 100% of the Allowed amount of such

Page 6

Allowed Priority Claim on or as soon as practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date on which such Priority Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Claim.

(b) As more specifically set forth in, and without any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.1 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each such holder’s Priority Claim. 

(c) Class 1 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed Priority Claims against the Debtors shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

Section 4.2 Treatment of Allowed Class 2 Claims (DIP Secured Claims).

(a) The DIP Secured Claims are Allowed in full and, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of an Allowed DIP Secured Claim, shall be paid in full on the Effective Date pursuant to the Distribution Scheme. 

(b) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.2 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s DIP Secured Claim. 

(c) Class 2 is Unimpaired. Holders of Allowed DIP Secured Claims shall be deemed to have accepted the Plan.

Section 4.3 Treatment of Allowed Class 3 Claim (Miscellaneous Secured Claims).

(a) At the option of applicable Debtor or the Plan Agent, as applicable, for each Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim, on the Effective Date, either (i) the legal, equitable and contractual rights to which such Claim entitles the holder thereof shall be left unaltered, (ii) the Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim shall be left Unimpaired in the manner described in § 1124(2), (iii) the holder of such Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim shall receive or retain the Collateral securing such Claim, or (iv) the holder of such Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim shall receive Cash on the Effective Date in an amount equal to the value of the Collateral securing the Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim. To the extent the value of the Collateral is less than the amount of such Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claim, the deficiency created thereby shall be treated as a General Unsecured Claim under Class 4.  

(b) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.3 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s Miscellaneous Secured Claim.  

(c) Class 3 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed Miscellaneous Secured Claims shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan. Each Miscellaneous Secured Claim receiving treatment under this Section 4.3 shall be deemed to be in a separate Class for classification, voting and Distribution purposes.

Page 7

Section 4.4 Treatment of Allowed Class 4 Claims (General Unsecured Claims).

(a) Distributions shall be paid to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims from the Capital Infusion pursuant to the Distribution Scheme until all Allowed General Unsecured Claims are paid in full or all funds have been disbursed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme and from such proceeds, if any. Any net proceeds from any Causes of Action shall be segregated and maintained on a Debtor-by-Debtor basis and be distributed as set forth in Section 7.7, except net proceeds from any Causes of Action against Troy Clanton, his affiliates and relatives, which are distributed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme.  

(b) In addition to Distributions paid pursuant to the Distribution Scheme, certain holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims may receive Plan Shares in certain Post Confirmation Debtors. Article VI of the Plan sets forth additional terms and conditions governing the issuance of Plan Shares. If HFG elects to receive Plan Shares in exchange for its Allowed Administrative Expense, then the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall receive Plan Shares in each of the Post Confirmation Debtors as follows: 

(i) Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against a Liquidating Debtor shall receive a Ratable Proportion of Plan Shares in all Post Confirmation Debtors that were formerly Liquidating Debtors. The Ratable Proportion shall be determined by cumulating each holder’s non-repetitive Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Liquidating Debtors and treating them as a claim against a single entity. Each holder’s cumulative claim amount shall then receive a Distribution of Plan Shares from each Post Confirmation Debtor that was formerly a Liquidating Debtor on a pro rata basis with all other holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Liquidating Debtors.  

(ii) Each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim against an SMSA II Debtor shall receive a Ratable Proportion of Plan Shares in all Post Confirmation Debtors that were formerly SMSA II Debtors. The Ratable Proportion shall be determined by cumulating each holder’s non-repetitive Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the SMSA II Debtors and treating them as a claim against a single entity. Each holder’s cumulative claim amount shall then receive a Distribution of Plan Shares from each Post Confirmation Debtor that was formerly an SMSA II Debtor on a pro rata basis with all other holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the SMSA II Debtors. 3

__________________________

2 By way of example, if total Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Liquidating Debtors are $5,000,000, a Creditor holding an Allowed Claim against one Liquidating Debtor in the amount of $50,000 would receive 1.0% of the Plan Shares available for distribution to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Liquidating Debtors.
3 By way of example, if total Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the SMSA II Debtors are $5,000,000, a Creditor holding Allowed Claims against various SMSA II Debtors in the amount of $50,000 would receive 1.0% of the Plan Shares available for distribution to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the SMSA II Debtors.


Page 8

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in the two preceding paragraphs, if the holders of Allowed Class 4 Claims against the SMSA II Debtors are paid in full pursuant to the Distribution Scheme and the holders of Allowed Class 4 Claims against the Liquidating Debtors are not, then all Plan Shares issued by Post Confirmation Debtors that were formerly SMSA II Debtors shall be distributed instead to the holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Liquidating Debtors.

(c) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.4 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s General Unsecured Claim.  

(d) Class 4 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Section 4.5 Treatment of Allowed Class 5 Claims (Convenience Claims).

(a) On the Effective Date, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, each holder of an Allowed Convenience Claim shall receive on account of its Allowed Convenience Claim Cash either (i) an amount equal to 100% of its Allowed Convenience Claim (as reduced in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Plan), without interest or (ii) if total Allowed Convenience Claims (including those reduced in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Plan) exceed $250,000, a Ratable Proportion of $250,000.  

(b) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.5 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s Convenience Claim.  

(c) Class 5 is Impaired. Holders of Allowed Convenience Claims shall be entitled to vote to accept or reject the Plan.

Section 4.6 Treatment of Allowed Class 6 Claims (Intercompany Claims).

(a) The holders of Intercompany Claims shall be paid, satisfied and released pursuant to Section 2.4 and 10.1(d) of the Plan. 

(b) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the treatment provided in this section 4.6 is in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s Intercompany Claim.  

(c) Class 6 is Impaired, and shall not receive any Distribution of any kind on account of such Claims under the Plan. Holders of Intercompany Claims shall be deemed to have rejected the Plan.

Page 9

Section 4.7 Treatment of Allowed Class 7 Claims (Subordinated Claims).

(a) The holders of Subordinated Claims shall not receive a Distribution of any kind under the Plan or retain any property in respective of such Subordinated Claim, except pursuant to the Distribution Scheme. To the extent any Claims classified by the Debtors in Class 7 are Allowed and not subordinated, they shall be treated as Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims under the terms of the Plan.  

(b) Upon the approval of the Release Conditions by the Bankruptcy Court, either in connection with the Confirmation of this Plan or the approval of a separate compromise and settlement proposed under Bankruptcy Rule 9019 (and if HFG elects to receive 80% of the Plan Shares issued by each of the Post Confirmation Debtors), the Claims of Troy Clanton and his affiliates and insiders will shall receive no Distribution, but shall be otherwise treated as Allowed Class 4 Claims for purposes of calculating and receiving Plan Shares pursuant to Section 4.4(b) of the Plan and shall be treated for such purposes only as if such Claims were Allowed Class 4 Claims.  

(c) As more specifically set forth in, and without in any way limiting, Section 10.1 of the Plan, the Distributions provided in this Section 4.7 are in full settlement, release and discharge (subject to Article X of the Plan) of each holder’s Subordinated Claim.  

(d) Class 7 is Impaired, and is not expected to receive any Distribution of any kind on account of such Claims under the Plan. Holders of Allowed Subordinated Claims shall be deemed to have rejected the Plan.

Section 4.8 Treatment of Allowed Class 8 Interests (Old Equity Interests).

(a) The holders of Old Equity Interests shall receive no Distributions of any kind under the Plan in respect of those Interests except pursuant to the Distribution Scheme, and the Old Equity Interests shall be canceled and extinguished on the Effective Date.

(b) Class 8 is Impaired under the Plan. Holders of Old Equity Interests shall be deemed to have rejected the Plan.

ARTICLE V

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION; GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 General Company Matters. Each Debtor shall take such action as is necessary under the laws of the State of Texas, federal law and other applicable law to effect the terms and provisions of the Plan and the Plan Documents.

Section 5.2 Reorganized Debtors. Each SMSA II Debtor shall, upon the issuance of the New Equity Interests and the occurrence of the Effective Date, become a Reorganized Debtor and continue to exist after the Effective Date as a separate Entity, with all the powers of a corporation under applicable law, without prejudice to any right to terminate such existence (whether by merger or otherwise) under applicable law after the Effective Date.

Page 10

Section 5.3 Company Action for Reorganized Debtors. Upon the issuance of the New Equity Interests and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the election or appointment of directors and officers pursuant to the Plan and the Confirmation Order and the other matters provided in the Plan involving the corporate structure of the Reorganized Debtors shall be deemed to occur and shall be in effect from and after the Effective Date without any requirement of further action by the shareholders or directors of the SMSA II Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors. Upon the issuance of the New Equity Interests and the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors shall file amended certificates of incorporation with the Secretary of State for the applicable state in accordance with applicable state law. The amended certificates of incorporation shall provide for, among other things, (a) the cancellation of the Old Equity Interests; (b) the issuance of the New Equity Interests; and (c) a prohibition on the issuance of nonvoting equity securities to the extent, and only to the extent, required by § 1123(a)(6).

Section 5.4 Directors of the Reorganized Debtors. Upon the issuance of the New Equity Interests and the occurrence of the Effective Date,, the operation of the Reorganized Debtors shall become the general responsibility of its New Board of Directors, subject to, and in accordance with, the Amended Bylaws. The identity of the members of the initial New Board of Directors will be disclosed at or prior to the Confirmation hearing in accordance with § 1129(a)(5). Such directors shall be deemed elected or appointed, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, but shall not take office and shall not be deemed to be elected or appointed until the occurrence of the Effective Date. Those directors and officers not continuing in office shall be deemed to have resigned therefrom as of the Effective Date pursuant to the Confirmation Order.

Section 5.5 Post Confirmation Financing. On the Effective Date, the transactions contemplated by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, if any, shall be consummated and thereupon become effective, and the Acquired Assets or the New Equity Interests shall be acquired by the Purchaser in exchange for purchase price to be paid for the Acquired Assets or the New Equity Interests.

Section 5.6 Effectiveness of Securities, Instruments and Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Plan Agent, on behalf of the Liquidating Trust and each Debtor, as applicable, shall be authorized to take all actions necessary to execute and deliver all Plan Documents issued or entered into pursuant to the Plan, including, without limitation, (i) the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, if any, (ii) one or more amended certificates of incorporation and Amended Bylaws, (iii) the Trust Agreement, (iv) one or more Operations Transfer Agreements and, if applicable, the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement, and (v) any agreement entered into or instrument issued or in connection with any of the foregoing or any other Plan Document.

Section 5.7 Approval of Agreements. The solicitation of votes on the Plan shall be deemed a solicitation for the approval of the Plan Documents and all transactions contemplated by the Plan. Entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute approval of the Plan Documents and such transactions and authorization for the Plan Agent and the applicable Debtors, as appropriate, to execute and deliver each of the Plan Documents, including the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement, Operations Transfer Agreement and documents necessary to effectuate the Post Confirmation Credit Facility.

Page 11

Section 5.8 Employee Benefit Plans. At or prior to the Confirmation Hearing, the Purchaser shall identify all employee benefit plans, policies and programs, if any, that shall survive Confirmation of the Plan, remain unaffected thereby and not be discharged. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, employee benefit plans, policies, and programs shall include, without limitation, all health care plans, disability plans, severance benefit plans, life, accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans (to the extent not executory contracts assumed under the Plan), but shall exclude all employees’ equity or equity-based incentive plans, which Interests shall be canceled pursuant to the terms hereof. All employee benefit plans, policies and programs implemented by any Debtor and not specifically identified as surviving the Confirmation of the Plan and not previously terminated by the Debtors shall be terminated as of the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the health care plan provided by TrustMark Life Insurance Company to Serenity Management Services, Inc. shall be terminated as of August 31, 2007. If the termination of any such plan, policy or program gives rise to a Claim by an employee, such Claim, to the extent that it is timely Filed, shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their affiliates, successors, Estates, or their properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Debtors or the Plan Agent, as applicable, within thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Date.

Section 5.9 Distributions to Holders of Allowed Claims; Source of Cash and Reorganization Securities for Distributions. On the Effective Date, the Purchaser shall fund the purchase price to be paid for either the New Equity Interests or the Acquired Assets into one or more accounts designated by the Plan Agent for the purpose of making the Distributions and establishing the reserves authorized in accordance with the Plan. Payments and other Distributions to be made pursuant to the Plan will be available from the proceeds of the Capital Infusion.

Section 5.10 Cancellation and Surrender of Existing Securities; Cancellation of Indentures.

(a) Cancellation of Existing Securities and Agreements. On the Effective Date, the DIP Facility, the Old Equity Interests and any options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, or other similar rights or other agreements or commitments, contractual or otherwise, obligating any Debtor to issue, transfer, or sell any shares of Old Equity Interests, shall be canceled and the holders thereof shall have no rights by reason thereof, and such instruments shall evidence no rights, except the right to receive the Distributions, if any, to be made to holders of such instruments under the Plan.  

(b) Surrender of Existing Securities. As a condition to receiving any Distribution under the Plan, each holder of a promissory note, stock certificate, or other instrument evidencing a Claim or Interest must surrender such promissory note, stock certificate, or other instrument to the Plan Agent.

Section 5.11 Release of Liens and Perfection of Liens. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any Plan Document or the Confirmation Order: (a) each holder of a Miscellaneous Secured Claim, a Secured Claim, or a judgment, shall on the Effective Date (x) turn over and release to the Plan Agent any and all Collateral that secures or purportedly secures such Claim, as they pertain to the properties currently owned or leased by one or more Debtors

Page 12

or such Lien shall automatically, and without further action by any Debtor or the Plan Agent, be deemed released, and (y) execute such documents and instruments as the Debtors or the Plan Agent may request to evidence such Claim holder’s release of such property or Lien; and (b) on the Effective Date, all right, title and interest in any and all property of each SMSA II Debtor’s Estate actually acquired by the Purchaser or retained by the Reorganized Debtors shall revert or be transferred to the Purchaser or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in each case free and clear of all Claims and Interests, including, without limitation, Liens, escrows, charges, pledges, encumbrances and/or security interests of any kind. Any such holder that fails to execute and deliver such release of Liens within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date shall be deemed to have no further Claim against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their assets or property in respect of such Claim and shall not participate in any Distribution hereunder. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, any holder of a Disputed Claim shall not be required to execute and deliver such release until such time as the holder’s Claim is Allowed or Disallowed.

Section 5.12 Election to be Treated in Class 5. Any holder of a Claim in Class 4 may elect, in the Ballot by which it votes to reduce the amount of its Claim to $500 or less and thereby be deemed a holder of a Claim in Class 5 for purposes of voting and Distribution under the Plan. Any such election shall be effective only upon the receipt thereof by the Debtors prior to the Ballot Deadline. Once the election is made and received by the Debtors, such election shall be irrevocable and binding on any successor-in-interest with respect to such Claim, but shall not preclude the Debtors or other Entities from objecting to such Claim as reduced. Holders of Claims in other Classes are not entitled to make an election to be included in Class 5 pursuant to this Section 5.12.

Section 5.13 Liens Securing Post Confirmation Credit Facility; Further Transactions. On the Effective Date, the Plan Agent, the Trustee and the Debtors, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender such documents, instruments and agreements as are necessary to confer the priority of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lenders with respect to their Liens under the Post Confirmation Credit Facility and the documents, instruments and agreements entered into in connection therewith. On the Effective Date, the Plan Agent, the Trustee and the Debtors, as applicable, shall execute and deliver such further documents, instruments and agreements as are necessary to effectuate and further evidence the terms and conditions of the Plan.

Section 5.14 Payment of Fees. All fees payable on or before the Effective Date (i) pursuant to Section 1930 of title 28 of the United States Code, as determined by the Bankruptcy Court at the Confirmation Hearing, and (ii) to the United States Trustee, shall be paid by the Debtors on or before the Effective Date and all such fees payable after the Effective Date shall be paid by the Reorganized Debtors.

Page 13

ARTICLE VI

PLAN IMPLEMENTATION; LIQUIDATING AND TARGET DEBTORS

 

If HFG Elects to Receive Plan Shares

If HFG elects to receive Plan Shares under the Plan in lieu of payment of its Allowed Administrative Expenses, then the following 6.1-6.7 Sections of the Plan shall apply and Sections 6.8-6.9 of the Plan shall not apply.

Section 6.1 Formation of Post Confirmation Debtors.

(a) Timothy P. Halter, as the President of each of the Post Confirmation Debtors, shall be authorized by the Confirmation Order to execute and file any documents required to effectuate each conversion. No additional authorization shall be required, as the Confirmation Order will be the equivalent of any necessary approval by the managers and members or the shareholders, officers and directors, as applicable of each of the Target Debtors, to so act. The Amended Bylaws will be adopted under such authority as to each Post Confirmation Debtor, as well.

(b) Each Post Confirmation Debtor’s existence shall continue post-Confirmation as necessary to effect a reverse merger or acquisition prior to such Post Confirmation Debtor’s Consummation of the Plan Date. The state of converted incorporation of each Post Confirmation Debtor may, at the Post Confirmation Debtor’s discretion exercised solely by its board of directors, be changed from its state of incorporation to the State of Delaware or the State of Nevada by means of a merger with and into a Delaware or Nevada corporation formed for the purpose of effecting such reincorporation merger. After the Effective Date and after any necessary conversion of entity type, the Post Confirmation Debtors shall be known by the names set forth in the Appendix 1 to the Disclosure Statement. In the case of a reincorporation merger, each Post Confirmation Debtor will continue its subsequent corporate existence as either: i) a Delaware corporation governed by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, its Delaware Certificate and its Amended Bylaws; or ii) a Nevada corporation governed by the Corporation Law of Nevada, its Nevada Certificate and its Amended Bylaws. Except as provided in the Plan, each Post Confirmation Debtor shall be responsible for any and all costs or liabilities that it incurs from and after the Effective Date.

(c) Each Post Confirmation Debtor will have 40,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, inclusive of the Plan Shares issued and distributed as to each Post Confirmation Debtor under the Plan. Each Post Confirmation Debtor may, as the exigencies of a prospective reverse merger or acquisition dictate, may modify this capital structure, but in no way shall such modification affect any obligations of HFG hereunder nor affect the ratio of Plan Shares issued to HFG and the holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors. Copies of the form of the proposed Amended Bylaws and Charter will be supplied by HFG to the Creditors’ Committee and the Debtors at least (5) five days prior to the hearing on confirmation and may be obtained by contacting the attorney for the Debtors or HFG. The officers of each Post Confirmation Debtor will take all corporate action necessary to adopt either the Delaware Certificates or the Nevada Certificate following the Confirmation Date, if the reincorporation merger option is taken as to that Post Confirmation Debtor.

Page 14

(d) The entry of the Confirmation Order will also be deemed to meet all necessary shareholder approval requirements under any applicable law of the respective states of incorporation or of origin of each Target Debtor and Delaware and Nevada law necessary to complete the reincorporation mergers, if such procedure is utilized or to amend its corporate charter to meet the requirements of the Plan. The restrictions set forth in § 1123(a)(6) as to preferred stock and non-voting equity will be incorporated into each Post Confirmation Debtor’s post conversion charter. Each officer of each Post Confirmation Debtor will be authorized to file all necessary documentation to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Plan.

(e) In addition to meeting any shareholder approval requirements set forth in applicable state law, any amendments, modifications, restatements or other changes with respect to the entity conversion, the charter or articles of incorporation of any Post Confirmation Debtor following the Effective Date and prior to the completion of the reverse merger or acquisition transactions, including any reverse common stock splits, shall be approved by a majority of the Plan Shares. However, any modifications to any Post Confirmation Debtor’s charter or articles of incorporation during such period, required to effectuate a reverse merger or acquisition, shall not require approval pursuant to state law, other than board of directors approval, so long as such modification to effectuate the reverse merger or acquisition does not change the distribution percentage of Plan Shares between HFG and the Class 4 Allowed General Unsecured Creditors of the Liquidating Debtors pursuant to this Plan or otherwise affect any obligation or requirement set forth in this Plan.

(f) Timothy P. Halter, the sole shareholder, officer and director of HFG, will serve as the initial sole director and officer of each Post Confirmation Debtor.

(g) All costs and expenses associated with or related to the conversion of any of the Target Debtors, any subsequent mergers, the issuance of the Plan Shares and any other filings or actions with regard thereto shall be borne solely by HFG. The only amount to be paid by the Debtors will be any tax existing on the Confirmation Date which must be paid in order to continue the corporate existence of the Target Debtors.

Section 6.2 Corporate Governance of the Post Confirmation Debtors. On the Effective Date automatically and without further action, (i) each existing member of the Board of Directors of each Target Debtor will resign or be terminated by the Plan Agent, and (ii) Tim Halter shall be deemed the sole officer and director of each Post Confirmation Debtor.

Section 6.3 Corporate Governance of Serenity. On the Effective Date automatically and without further action, (i) each existing member of the Board of Directors of Serenity will resign or be terminated by the Plan Agent, and (ii) the Plan Agent shall be deemed the sole shareholder, officer and director of Serenity.

Section 6.4 The Reverse Merger or Acquisition.

(a) Although none of the Post Confirmation Debtors will have any significant assets or operations, they will each possess a shareholder base which may make them attractive acquisition or merger candidates to operating privately held corporations seeking to become publicly held. Such merger or acquisition transactions are typically

Page 15

referred to as “reverse mergers” or “reverse acquisitions.” The terms “reverse merger” or “reverse acquisition” as used in this Plan are intended to permit any kind of business combination, including a stock exchange, which would benefit the shareholders of a Post Confirmation Debtor by allowing them to own an interest in a viable, operating business enterprise. Any intermediate steps, such as issuance of uncertificated Plan Shares of a Post Confirmation Debtor in conjunction with the necessary documentation of a direct merger wherein the Plan Shares issued are those of a successor, are also authorized under § 1145.

(b) Each Post Confirmation Debtor shall complete a reverse merger or acquisition transaction by its applicable Consummation of the Plan Date if an opportunity to do so exists that is acceptable to such Post Confirmation Debtor in its reasonable business judgment.  

(c) In the event a Post Confirmation Debtor does not complete a reverse merger or acquisition transaction by its applicable Consummation of the Plan Date, the Plan Shares issued under the Plan as to such Post Confirmation Debtor shall be deemed cancelled and void. The Consummation of the Plan Date(s) may be extended, in the manner set forth in Section 6.3(d) if the Plan Agent does not meet the requirements set forth in Section 6.3(c) within the time periods referenced in those Sections as to the Post Confirmation Debtor involved.  

(d) As to each Post Confirmation Debtor, the terms and conditions of the proposed reverse merger or acquisition transaction shall be approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors of such Post Confirmation Debtor. No vote by the shareholders of such Post Confirmation Debtor shall be required. Except as otherwise set forth in the Plan, any matters presented to the shareholders of any Post Confirmation Debtor prior to the completion of the reverse merger or acquisition, shall be approved by shareholders in a manner consistent with applicable law.

Section 6.5 Distribution of the Plan Shares

(a) Each reverse merger or acquisition of a Post Confirmation Debtor will include the issuance of a sufficient number of Plan Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan. Such number is estimated to be approximately 500,000 Plan Shares relative to each Post Confirmation Debtor, but the exigencies of a prospective reverse merger or acquisition dictate, may modify this capital structure, but in no way shall such modification affect any obligations of HFG hereunder nor affect the ratio of Plan Shares issued to HFG and the holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any Target Debtor. The Plan Shares shall all be of the same class.  

(b) The Plan Shares will be issued relative to each Post Confirmation Debtor as soon as practicable after the Plan Agent has (i) determined all Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims as to the Target Debtors and (ii) delivered to HFG the list described in Section 6.3(c) below with regard to the applicable claimants who are to be the recipients of same. Eighty percent (80%) of the Plan Shares relative to each Post Confirmation Debtor will be issued to HFG in exchange for the release of its rights to an Administrative Claim and for the performance of certain services and the payment of certain fees related to the anticipated reverse merger or acquisition transactions described in the Plan. The

Page 16

remaining twenty percent (20%) of the Plan Shares relative to each Post Confirmation Debtor will be issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 Unsecured Claims as to the Target Debtors. Plan Shares will be issued, if at all, in addition to any Cash or other property distributed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme.

(c) The number of Plan Shares each holder of an Allowed General Unsecured Claim shall receive in each Post Confirmation Debtor will be determined in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.4(b) of the Plan (inclusive of Section 4.7(b), if applicable).  

(d) Each Post Confirmation Debtor, in its sole discretion, may issue Plan Shares in multiple phases prior to the completion of the claims allowance process, upon receipt of the following information to be delivered by the Plan Agent to the Post Confirmation Debtors no later than 120 days after the Effective Date: (i) a listing of the holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims and, if applicable, Allowed Class 7 Subordinated Claims against the Target Debtors; (ii) a listing of those holders of Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors subject to objection and the amounts of their asserted Claims and the amount of recovery sought in any Avoidance Action. Such information will enable the Plan Agent and each Post Confirmation Debtor to properly take into account all asserted claims.  

(e) Failure of the Plan Agent to deliver the required information within 120 days of the Effective Date shall cause all Consummation of the Plan Dates to be extended for the number of days past the 120th day that it takes the Plan Agent to deliver the required information.  

(f) Once a Post Confirmation Debtor has elected to issue the Plan Shares in multiple phases, the Plan Agent and such Post Confirmation Debtor will determine (i) the number of Plan Shares to be issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors not subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action and (ii) the approximate number of Plan Shares to be allocated for future issuance to holders of Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action. As soon as practicable after the Plan Agent has made such determination, the Post Confirmation Debtor will issue the Plan Shares to the holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors not subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action. Holders of Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action will each receive a Ratable Proportion of the Plan Shares allocated for future issuance as soon as practicable after resolution of the objection or Avoidance Action. The approximate number of Plan Shares allocated for future issuance to the holders of Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action is an estimate only and the number of Plan Shares actually received by such holder may differ from such number. Any portion of the Plan Shares allocated but not issued to a holder of a Class 4 General Unsecured Claim against any of the Target Debtors that is subject to, or likely to be subject to, an objection or an Avoidance Action, upon a determination of the actual amount of the Allowed Class 4 Unsecured Claim against any of the Target Debtors will be accumulated and issued ratably, as applicable, to all Allowed Class 4 Allowed General Unsecured Claim against any of

Page 17

the Target Debtors once all of the objections and Avoidance Actions are resolved either by written agreement by and between the claimant and the Plan Agent or by a Final Order.

(g) In the event that any Post Confirmation Debtor shall at any time prior to the issuance of all of the Plan Shares (i) declare a dividend on its outstanding common stock in shares of its capital stock, (ii) subdivide its outstanding common stock, (iii) combine its outstanding common stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issue any shares of its capital stock by reclassification of its common stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Post Confirmation Debtor is the continuing corporation), then, in such case, the number of allocated but unissued Plan Shares shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors, as may be applicable to the Post Confirmation Debtor at issue, who have not yet received a Ratable Proportion of the Plan Shares shall each be entitled to receive the aggregate number of Plan Shares which, if such holder had owned such shares immediately prior to the record date of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification, such holder would be entitled to receive or own by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification. Any portion of the Plan Shares allocated for, but not issued to, holders of Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any of the Target Debtors subject to unresolved objections and which are to be issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 Unsecured Claims against any of the Liquidating Debtors, as may be applicable to the Post Confirmation Debtor at issue, shall be adjusted in the same manner.  

(h) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any Target Debtor that is subject to unresolved objections as of the date any matter is presented to the Plan Share holders for a vote by a Post Confirmation Debtor, including the approval of a reverse merger or acquisition, after the Effective Date, shall not be entitled to vote thereon.  

(i) The Plan Shares will be issued, if at all, only to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims and to HFG pursuant to § 1145(a)(1)(A) and Section 4.4(b) and, if applicable, Section 4.7(b) of the Plan. The Plan Shares issued are not subject to any statutory restrictions on transferability, except those set forth in § 1145 or otherwise applicable federal law. However, prior to the completion of a reverse merger or acquisition and certain required filings with the appropriate regulatory or other authorities to be made thereafter, there will be no established trading market for the Plan Shares. Moreover, to avoid application of § 1141(d)(3) and to secure a discharge under § 1141(d)(1), the holders of the Plan Shares issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any Target Debtor shall be enjoined by the Confirmation Order from trading Plan Shares until the completion of a reverse merger or acquisition prior to the applicable Consummation of the Plan Date. To further assure that all applicable laws are otherwise complied with, the Confirmation Order will enjoin the trading, selling or assigning of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims against any Target Debtor from and after the Confirmation Date of the Plan up to the date of the issuance of Plan Shares of each of the Post Confirmation Debtors to specific creditors. HFG, however, may transfer a portion of its Plan Shares prior to a reverse merger or acquisition in a private transaction without any restriction in a manner consistent with all applicable state and federal securities laws to a single transferee or group of transferees under common control. HFG may also transfer a portion of its

Page 18

 Plan Shares prior to a reverse merger or acquisition in a private transaction without any restriction in a manner consistent with all state and federal securities laws to its employees and representatives. Any such transferee or group of transferees shall be subject to the same restrictions under the Plan as HFG. In any event, HFG may not transfer its responsibility to find a reverse merger or acquisition candidate and complete the tasks set forth in the Plan pertaining thereto. Any such transfer by HFG that does not comply with this section will be void. If the form of the transaction requires the exchange of Plan Shares, such transaction would be registered, if so required by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) HFG shall be responsible for assisting each Post Confirmation Debtor in identifying a potential reverse merger or reverse acquisition candidate. HFG shall be responsible for and pay each Post Confirmation Debtor’s costs and expenses associated with the reverse merger or reverse acquisition transactions. HFG shall provide consulting services in connection therewith at its own cost, which may include: (i) preparing proposals involving the structure of the transactions; (ii) preparing the merger or stock exchange agreements; and (iii) preparing necessary documents to obtain the Plan Share holder approval described herein.  

Section 6.6 Post Confirmation Date Reporting. The president of each Post Confirmation Debtor shall:  

(a) upon completion of a reverse merger or acquisition prior to the Consummation of the Plan Date automatic expiration period for a specific Debtor, file a certificate of completion regarding the reverse merger or acquisition.

(b) forward to each Plan Share holder written confirmation of the completion of a reverse merger or acquisition transaction within 15 days after such completion; and  

(c) forward to each Plan Share holder written notice of the per share market value of the Plan Shares within 15 days of the first trading date on a public market.

Section 6.7 Filing of Returns and Effect on Consummation of the Plan Date. The Plan Agent shall be responsible for preparing and filing on behalf of each Target Debtor and Post Confirmation Debtor any necessary federal, state or local tax returns for year 2007, and any preceding years to the extent such tax returns have not been filed. The Plan Agent shall use his reasonable judgment in determining which tax returns are necessary; provided however, that in the event that said returns are not filed within 60 days after the Effective Date, then the Consummation of the Plan Date as to the applicable Post Confirmation Debtor shall be extended by the number of days required to file such tax returns beyond such 60-day period. The Plan Agent shall be authorized to execute and file on behalf of the Target Debtors all state and federal tax returns required to be filed under applicable law and to pay any taxes due in connection with such returns. The Plan Agent shall be authorized to file any action pursuant to § 505 regarding the determination of any tax alleged to be due and owing by the Target Debtors.

Page 19

If HFG Does Not Elect to Receive Plan Shares

If HFG elects to receive payment of its Allowed Administrative Expenses in lieu of Plan Shares, then the following Sections 6.8-6.9 of the Plan shall apply and the preceding Sections 6.1-6.7 of the Plan shall not apply.



Section 6.8 Corporate Governance. On the Effective Date automatically and without further action, (i) each existing member of the Board of Directors of each Liquidating Debtor will resign or be terminated by the Plan Agent, and (ii) the Plan Agent shall be deemed the sole shareholder, officer and director of each such Liquidating Debtor.

Section 6.9 Continuing Existence.

(a) From and after the Confirmation Date, the Liquidating Debtors shall continue in existence for the purpose of (i) winding up their affairs as to any remaining assets of the Estate as expeditiously as reasonably possible, (ii) liquidating, by conversion to Cash or other methods, any remaining assets of their Estates as expeditiously as reasonably possible, (iii) enforcing and prosecuting claims, interests, rights and privileges of the Liquidating Debtor, (iv) resolving Disputed Claims, (v) administering the Plan for each of the Liquidating Debtors and their respective Creditors and Interest holders, and (vi) filing appropriate tax returns.  

(b) For each Liquidating Debtor, upon the liquidation of all assets of such Debtor’s Estate pursuant to the Plan and the filing by or on behalf of such Debtor of a certification to that effect with the Bankruptcy Court, the Liquidating Debtor shall be deemed dissolved for all purposes without the necessity for any further actions to be taken by or on behalf of such Debtor or payments to be made in connection therewith; provided , however , that the Liquidating Debtor shall file with the appropriate state authority a certificate of dissolution. From and after the Effective Date, no Liquidating Debtor shall be required to file any document, or take any other action, to withdraw its business operation from any state in which such Debtor was previously conducting its business operations.

ARTICLE VII

LIQUIDATING TRUST; PLAN AGENT

Section 7.1 Purpose of Trust. The Liquidating Trust is created pursuant to the Plan for the primary purpose of collecting, liquidating and distributing the assets transferred to it with no objective to continue or engage in the conduct of a trade or business, except to the extent reasonably necessary to, and consistent with, the liquidating purpose of the Liquidating Trust. The Liquidating Trust is intended to be classified as a “liquidating trust” for federal income tax purposes within the meaning of Treasury Regulation § 301.7701-4(d). The Plan Agent shall ascribe valuations to the assets assigned or transferred to the Liquidating Trust on the dates of assignment and transfer of such assets to the Liquidating Trust, and such valuations shall be used by the Debtors and the Plan Agent for all federal income tax reporting purposes.

Section 7.2 Governing Document. The Liquidating Trust shall be governed by the Trust Agreement, which shall be made available for inspection by any party in interest at the offices of the Debtors’ counsel prior to the Confirmation Hearing.

Page 20

Section 7.3 Vesting of Assets in the Liquidating Trust.

(a) Unless otherwise dealt with under the Plan, (i) the property of the Liquidating Debtors’ Estates, including all property of the estate under § 541 and excluding the Transition Assets, and (i) if the Purchaser does not acquire the New Equity Interests, the property of the SMSA II Debtors’ Estates, including all property under § 541 and excluding the Acquired Assets (if any) and the Transition Assets, shall vest in the Liquidating Trust on the Effective Date (such property when vested in the Liquidating Trust, the “Trust Property”).  

(b) From and after the Effective Date, the Trustee may administer the Liquidating Trust pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the Trust Agreement, and may, among other things, borrow money pursuant to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility and use, pledge, acquire and dispose of Trust Property free of any restrictions imposed under the Bankruptcy Code.  

(c) The Confirmation Order shall provide the Plan Agent with express authority to convey, transfer and assign any and all Trust Property and to take all actions necessary to effectuate same.  

(d) As of the Effective Date, all Trust Property shall be free and clear of all liens, claims and interests of holders of Claims and Equity Interests, except as provided in this Plan.  

(e) The Liquidating Trust will be organized and will operate in such a manner as to minimize its tax obligations.  

(f) The Liquidating Trust will be responsible for paying any quarterly  U. S. Trustee fees that accrue after the Effective Date.  

(g) The Plan Agent shall make all Distributions as and when provided for under the Plan. The Plan Agent shall serve without bond and shall receive no other fee for its services other than its fees earned as Plan Agent.  

(h) From and after the Effective Date, and until all payments and distributions to holders of Allowed Claims have been made under the Plan, the Liquidating Trust shall remain constituted and in existence. The Plan Agent shall be authorized, without any supervision by or approval of the Bankruptcy Court or the Office of the United States Trustee, as the case may be, to employ and compensate such persons, including counsel and accountants, as each may deem necessary to enable it to perform its functions hereunder, and the fees and costs of such employment and other expenditures shall be paid from the Liquidating Trust. Any fees and expenses of professionals incurred during the period between the Confirmation Date and the Effective Date shall remain subject to the jurisdiction of the Court and approved in accordance with the Plan.  

(i) After the Effective Date, the affairs of the Liquidating Trust and of all assets held or controlled by the Liquidating Trust shall be managed under the direction of the Plan Agent, in consultation with the Executive Committee, as provided by the terms of the Plan and Trust Agreement. In the performance of his duties hereunder, the Plan

Page 21

Agent shall have the  rights and powers of a debtor in possession under § 1107, and such other rights, powers and duties incident to causing performance of the obligations under the Plan or otherwise as may be reasonably necessary, including, without limitation, the filing of any necessary tax returns.

Section 7.4 Plan Agent. The Plan Agent shall be Bridge Associates, LLC or such other Entity designated by a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court. For each Debtor, the Plan will be administered by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Debtors and all actions taken thereunder in the name of a Debtor shall be taken through the Plan Agent. The Plan Agent, upon consultation with and approval by the majority of the Executive Committee members, may employ on behalf of itself and the Liquidating Trust, without Bankruptcy Court order, professional persons, as such term is used in the Bankruptcy Code, to assist the Plan Agent to carry out the duties under this Plan and the Liquidating Trust. The Plan Agent shall serve as trustee of the Liquidating Trust, and shall administer the Liquidating Trust in accordance with the Trust Agreement. The Plan Agent shall have sole responsibility for making Distributions under the Plan and pursuing Causes of Action (including Chapter 5 Causes of Action) on behalf of each of the Debtors, and the reasonable fees and expenses of the Plan Agent shall be paid out of the Claims Resolution Escrow Account upon approval by the majority of the Executive Committee members. The Plan Agent shall also have standing to monitor and seek to enforce the performance of obligations under the Plan and the performance of other provisions of the Plan that have an affect upon the treatment of Claims. The Plan Agent will also provide the information required by, and comply with the requirements of, Section 6.5 of the Plan.

Section 7.5 Liquidation of Assets. On and after the Effective Date, the Trustee may, upon approval by the majority of the Executive Committee members but without further approval of the Bankruptcy Court, use, sell, assign, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of at a public or private sale any assets of the Liquidating Trust for the purpose of liquidating and converting such assets to Cash, making Distributions, administering the Liquidating Trust and fully consummating the Plan.

Section 7.6 Approval by the Executive Committee. To the extent the Plan Agent can not obtain the approval of a majority of the Executive Committee members to act under the Plan, he may petition the Bankruptcy Court for approval of same so long as the Debtors’ Chapter 11 Cases remain open, and after the Chapter 11 Cases are closed, he may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for such approval. In any instance, that the Plan Agent petitions any court for approval of any action, such action shall be noticed upon all members of the Executive Committee and the counsel to the Executive Committee In any instance where the approval of an action by the Plan Agent by the Executive Committee involves a Claim or Cause of Action against a member of the Executive Committee or any other instance where a particular member of the Executive Committee has a conflict of interest as to a particular decision to be approved by the Executive Committee, such member shall not be eligible to vote on such action, and in the event of any disagreement between the remaining members of the Executive Committee resulting in a tie vote of the remaining members of the Executive Committee, the Plan Agent's decision shall control.

Page 22

Section 7.7 Retention of Rights to Pursue Causes of Action; Allocation of Proceeds.

(a) Pursuant to § 1123(b)(3), as of the Effective Date, the Plan Agent (as representative of each Debtor’s Estate) shall retain and have the exclusive right to enforce against any Entity any and all Claims and Causes of Action (including Chapter 5 Causes of Action) that otherwise belong to a Debtor and arose before the Effective Date, including all Causes of Action of a trustee and debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code, other than those expressly released or compromised as part of or pursuant to the Plan or by other order of the Bankruptcy Court entered prior to the Effective Date, shall become assets of the Liquidating Trust, and the Plan Agent shall retain and have the exclusive right to enforce all such Claims and Causes of Action. The Causes of Action retained hereby include, without limitation, all Claims and Causes of Action listed on Appendix 3 to the Disclosure Statement.

(b) In this connection, the Debtors and the Plan Agent will continue to review payments made by and transactions involving the Debtors prior to the Petition Date to determine whether preference and other actions to avoid such payments and transactions should be brought. Failure to specifically identify potential actions in the Plan shall not be deemed a waiver of any such action by any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or any other party.

(c) For any given Debtor, the Plan Agent shall not pursue any Chapter 5 Cause of Action against any Creditor of that Debtor if total Distributions made to holders of Allowed Class 4 Claims against such Debtor pursuant to the Distribution Scheme during the period from the Effective Date through November 30, 2008 equal or exceed 90% of the Face Amount of such Allowed Claims.

(d) On the Effective Date, the Debtors shall establish a Claims Resolution Escrow Account, which shall be funded with an initial Distribution of up to $250,000 pursuant to the Distribution Scheme. The proceeds of the Claims Resolution Escrow Account shall be used to fund the cost of collecting outstanding accounts receivable, liquidating any remaining assets and pursuing and enforcing Claims and Causes of Action retained by the Debtors and the Plan Agent, including the post Effective Date fees and expenses of counsel to the Plan Agent and the Executive Committee. Any proceeds from such Claims and Causes of Action, net of the costs of collection (to the extent such costs exceed the amount available in the Claims Resolution Escrow Account) shall be deposited into the account designated by the Plan Agent and distributed pursuant to this Section 7.7. The Plan Agent shall separately account for the costs associated with each Chapter 5 Cause of Action pursued on behalf of each Debtor and shall charge such costs against the proceeds, if any, recovered on account of the such Chapter 5 Cause of Action prior to Distribution.

(e) To the extent that the Plan Agent recovers Cash or other property based on Causes of Action against Troy Clanton or his affiliates or relatives or the collection of a receivable or the liquidation of other assets (excluding other Causes of Action), such Cash or other priority shall be (i) first, distributed to the Claims Resolution Escrow Account to the extent of the costs associated with the collection of such receivable or liquidation of such asset, and (ii) second, designated as part of the Capital Infusion and distributed as pursuant to the Distribution Scheme.

Page 23

(f) To the extent that the Plan Agent recovers Cash or other property in connection with a Cause of Action other than a Cause of Action against Troy Clanton or his affiliates or relatives, such Cash or other property shall, with the approval of the Executive Committee, be distributed (i) first, to the Claims Resolution Escrow Account to the extent of the costs associated with such Chapter 5 Cause of Action, and (ii) second, to holders of Allowed General Unsecured Claims against the Debtor on whose behalf such Cash or other property was recovered.

Section 7.8 Accounts. The Plan Agent may establish one or more interest-bearing accounts as it determine may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions of the Plan. To the extent reasonably possible, the Plan Agent shall attempt to indemnify the funds in accordance with § 345.

Section 7.9 Indemnification; Mutual Indemnification. The Debtors shall indemnify and hold the Plan Agent and its professionals harmless from any loss, liability, claim, demand, or cause of action that is asserted against the Plan Agent and that arises directly from payments or distributions under the Plan or actions taken in connection with the implementation of the Plan or the resolution of objections to Claims. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Confirmation Order to the contrary, the Plan Agent shall not be indemnified for intentional or willful misconduct. The Debtors shall further indemnify and hold the Plan Agent and the Liquidating Trust and their respective agents, representatives, attorneys, and accountants harmless from any and all claims and causes of action arising with respect to any asset transferred or assigned to the Liquidating Trust prior to the date on which it is transferred or assigned to the Liquidating Trust; and the Plan Agent and the Liquidating Trust shall indemnify and hold the Debtors and their agents, representatives, attorneys, and accountants harmless from any and all claims and causes of action arising with respect to any asset transferred or assigned to the Liquidating Trust after the date on which it is transferred or assigned to the Liquidating Trust.

Section 7.10 Payment of Fees and Expenses to Plan Agent. The Plan Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable and necessary expenses incurred in carrying out its duties under the Plan upon approval by a majority of the Executive Committee members. The Plan Agent shall be compensated for its time in administering the implementation of the Plan and the resolution of objections to Claims without further motion, application, notice, hearing or other order of the Bankruptcy Court upon approval by a majority of the Executive Committee members. The Executive Committee and the Plan Agent shall negotiate an agreement with respect to the compensation of the Plan Agent, which compensation (including fees and reasonable and necessary expenses) shall be paid from the Claims Resolution Escrow Account.

Section 7.11 Resignation, Replacement or Termination of Plan Agent. From and after the Confirmation Date, the Plan Agent or his successor shall continue to serve in his capacity as the officer and responsible person of each Liquidating Debtor through the earlier of (i) the date the last Liquidating Debtor is dissolved in accordance with the Plan, and (ii) the date the Plan Agent resigns or is replaced or terminated. From and after the Confirmation Date, the Plan Agent shall be appointed the sole officer and director of each Liquidating Debtor (and all bylaws, articles of certificates of incorporation, and related corporate documents are deemed

Page 24

amended by this Plan to permit and authorize such sole appointment) and, for each Liquidating Debtor, shall serve in such capacity through the earlier of (x) the date such Liquidating Debtor is dissolved in accordance with this Plan, and (y) the date the Plan Agent resigns or is terminated or unable to serve; provided , however , that, in the event that the Plan Agent resigns or is terminated or unable to serve as a director, then the Executive Committee shall select the Plan Agent’s successor, who shall then be deemed to be appointed the sole director for each Liquidating Debtor and shall serve in such capacity until the last Liquidating Debtor is dissolved in accordance with the Plan. After the Effective Date, any other remaining officer or director of any Liquidating Debtor other than the Plan Agent is deemed to be terminated by the Bankruptcy Court as provided in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.8, as applicable.

Section 7.12 Counterclaims. The Trust shall not be subject to any counterclaims with respect to any Causes of Action constituting Trust Assets, provided however, that Causes of Action constituting Trust Assets will be subject to any set-off rights to the same extent as if the Debtors themselves had pursued the Causes of Action.

Section 7.13 Termination of Liquidating Trust. The Liquidating Trust shall terminate when the Plan Agent has performed all his duties under the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

DISPUTED CLAIMS, DISPUTED INTERESTS, AND MISCELLANEOUS

DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

Section 8.1 Objections. An objection to the allowance of a Claim (other than an Administrative Expense) or Interest shall be in writing and may be Filed only by the Plan Agent, on behalf of the applicable Debtor, at any time on or before the Objection Deadline. The “Objection Deadline” shall be the latest to occur of (a) the 180th day following the Effective Date of such Plan unless such period is extended by order of the Bankruptcy Court, (b) thirty (30) days after the Filing of the proof of such Claim or Interest, and (c) such other date set by order of the Bankruptcy Court. The Plan Agent, on behalf of the applicable Debtor, will prosecute any such objection until determined by a Final Order unless the Plan Agent (i) compromises and settles such objection to a Claim or Interest by written stipulation subject to Bankruptcy Court approval, if necessary, or (ii) withdraws such objection.

Section 8.2 Amendments to Claims; Claims Filed After the Confirmation Date. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, after the Confirmation Date, a Claim may not be Filed or amended without the authorization of the Bankruptcy Court and, even with such Bankruptcy Court authorization, may be amended by the holder of such Claim solely to decrease, but not to increase, the Face Amount thereof. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, any new or amended Claim Filed after the Confirmation Date shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any action by any Debtor or the Plan Agent.

Section 8.3 Distributions. On each Distribution Date, the Plan Agent shall make Distributions to the holders of Allowed Claims on the terms set forth herein.

Page 25

Section 8.4 Distributions on Account of Disputed Claims. No Distributions will be made on a Disputed Claim unless and until such Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. In determining the amount of Distributions to be made under the Plan to the holders of Allowed Claims on the Effective Date or a Distribution Date, the appropriate Distributions shall be made as if all the Disputed Claims as of such Distribution Date were Allowed Claims in the full amount claimed by the holders thereof, unless otherwise ordered or estimated by the Bankruptcy Court.

Section 8.5 Disputed Claim Reserves.

(a) Reserve for Disputed Claims . On or before the Effective Date, the Purchaser shall transmit to the Plan Agent the net proceeds of purchase price for the New Equity Interests or the Acquired Assets, and the Plan Agent shall reserve for the account of each holder of a Disputed Claim in the Disputed Claim Reserve Account (i) the property which would otherwise be distributable to such holder on such date in accordance with the Plan were such Disputed Claim an Allowed Claim on such date or (ii) such other property as such holder and the Plan Agent may agree. In addition, a Ratable Proportion of the proceeds, if any, of Chapter 5 Causes of Action allocable to such Disputed Claims shall be deposited into the Disputed Claim Reserve Account for Distribution as provided in Section 7.7, net of the costs incurred in connection therewith (including the fees and expenses of the Plan Agent and the professionals retained by the Plan Agent and the Executive Committee, which shall be deposited in the Claims Resolution Escrow Account).

Property reserved under this Section 8.5, including the portion of the Capital Infusion allocable to Disputed Claims, shall be set aside and to the extent practicable, held by the Plan Agent in an interest bearing account to be established and maintained by the Plan Agent pending resolution of such Disputed Claims; provided , however , that Cash shall be invested in a manner consistent with the requirements of § 345 or otherwise ordered by the Bankruptcy Court. All interest accruing on funds held in the Disputed Claim Reserve Account shall be added to funds available for Distribution.

To the extent a Disputed Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, the property reserved for the holder thereof shall be distributed by the Plan Agent to such holder as soon as practicable after such Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. To the extent an objection to a Disputed Claim is upheld or a Claim is withdrawn or reduced, the reserves held on account of such Disputed or withdrawn Claim shall be distributed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme. When all Disputed Claims have been resolved and corresponding Distributions made thereon, any amounts remaining in the Disputed Claim Reserve Account shall be added back to the Capital Infusion and Distributed pursuant to the Distribution Scheme.

(b) Reserved Amounts and Estimations. For purposes of effecting the reserve provisions of this Section 8.5 and the Distributions of Cash to holders of Allowed Claims, upon a request for estimation by a Debtor or the Plan Agent, the Bankruptcy Court will determine what amount of Cash is sufficient to reserve on account of any Disputed Claim not otherwise treated in the Plan, pursuant to § 502 or other applicable law, in which event the amount so determined will be reserved on account of such Disputed Claim for purposes of the Plan, or, in lieu thereof, the Bankruptcy Court will determine the maximum amount for such

Page 26

Disputed Claim, which amount will be the maximum amount in which such Claim may ultimately be Allowed, if such Claim is Allowed in whole or in part. If no such estimation is requested with respect to a liquidated Disputed Claim, the Plan Agent will reserve Cash in the Disputed Claim Reserve Account based on the Face Amount of such Claim until the Claim is Allowed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court, at which time the reserve amount pending a Final Order may be the amount so Allowed.

Section 8.6 Undeliverable or Unclaimed Distributions.

(a) Any Entity that is entitled to receive a Cash Distribution under the Plan but that fails to cash a check within 120 days of its issuance shall be entitled to receive a reissued check from the Plan Agent for the amount of the original check, without any interest, if such Entity requests the Plan Agent to reissue such check and provides such documentation as may be requested to verify that such Entity is entitled to such check prior to the later of (a) the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (b) six (6) months after such Entity’s Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. If an Entity fails to cash a check within 120 days of its issuance and fails to request reissuance of such check prior to the later to occur of (a) the second anniversary of the Effective Date, (b) six (6) months following the date such Entity’s Claim becomes an Allowed Claim, or (c) for any Distribution issued more than two years after the Effective date, 180 days following the date of issuance, such Entity shall not be entitled to receive any Distribution under the Plan with respect to the amount of such check. If the Distribution to any holder of an Allowed Claim is returned to the Plan Agent as undeliverable, no further Distributions will be made to such holder unless and until the Plan Agent is notified in writing of such holder’s current address; provided , however , that the Plan Agent shall make reasonable efforts to contact the holder of such Allowed Claim, identify the correct mailing address and resend the Distribution.  

(b) All Claims for undeliverable Distributions must be made on or before the later to occur of (i) the second anniversary of the Effective Date and (ii) six (6) months following the date such Entity’s Claim becomes an Allowed Claim. After such date, all unclaimed property shall revert to the corresponding Debtor and the Claim of any holder or successor to such holder with respect to such property shall be discharged and forever barred notwithstanding any federal or state escheatment laws to the contrary.

Section 8.7 Allocation of Consideration. The aggregate consideration to be distributed to a holder of an Allowed Claim under the Plan shall be treated as first satisfying an amount equal to the stated principal amount of such Allowed Claim and any remaining consideration as satisfying accrued but unpaid interest, if any, thereon.

Section 8.8 Transmittal of Distributions and Notices.

(a) Any property or notice other than Cash Distributions made through this Article VIII which an Entity is or becomes entitled to receive pursuant to the Plan shall be delivered by regular mail, postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to that Entity at the address indicated on any notice of appearance Filed by that Entity or his authorized agent prior to the Effective Date. If no notice of appearance has been Filed, notice shall be sent to the address indicated on a properly Filed proof of Claim or, absent such a proof of Claim, the address that is

Page 27

listed on the Schedules for that Entity. The date of Distribution shall be the date of mailing, and property distributed in accordance with this Section shall be deemed delivered to such Entity regardless of whether such property is actually received by that Entity.

(b) A holder of a Claim or Interest may designate a different address for notices and Distributions by notifying the Debtors or the Plan Agent of that address in writing. The new address shall be effective upon receipt by the Debtors or Plan Agent, as the case may be.

Section 8.9 Method of Cash Distributions. Any Cash payment to be made pursuant to the Plan may be made, at the option of the Plan Agent, by draft, check, wire transfer, or as otherwise required or provided in any relevant agreement or applicable law.

Section 8.10 Distributions on Non-Business Days . Any Distribution due on a day other than a Business Day shall be made, without interest, on the next Business Day.

Section 8.11 Withholding Taxes. Any federal, state or local withholding taxes or other amounts required to be withheld under applicable law shall be deducted from Distributions hereunder. All Entities holding Claims shall be required to provide any information necessary to effect the withholding of such taxes.

Section 8.12 Closing of the Chapter 11 Case. For each Liquidating Debtor, when all Disputed Claims filed against such Debtor have become Allowed Claims or have been disallowed by Final Order, and all remaining assets of such Debtor have been liquidated and converted into Cash (other than those assets abandoned pursuant to § 554), and such Cash has been distributed in accordance with this Plan, or at such earlier time as the Plan Agent deems appropriate in consultation with the Executive Committee, the Plan Agent shall seek authority from the Bankruptcy Court to close its Chapter 11 Case in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code and the Bankruptcy Rules.

ARTICLE IX

TREATMENT OF EXECUTORY CONTRACTS AND UNEXPIRED LEASES

Section 9.1 Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Assumed. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, on the Effective Date, all executory contracts or unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts shall be either (i) assumed by the SMSA II Debtors in connection with the Purchaser’s purchase of the New Equity Interests or (ii) assumed by the SMSA II Debtors and assigned to the Purchaser or its designee in connection with the Purchaser’s purchase of the Acquired Assets. Each contract and lease listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts shall be assumed only to the extent, if any, that it constitutes an executory contract or unexpired lease as contemplated by § 365, and nothing contained herein shall constitute an admission by any SMSA II Debtor that such contract or lease is an executory contract or unexpired lease or that any SMSA II Debtor has any liability thereunder. Further, such assumption is subject to the same rights that the SMSA II Debtors held or hold at, on, or after the Petition Date to modify or terminate such agreements under applicable non-bankruptcy law. To the extent the Bankruptcy Court or any other court of competent jurisdiction, determines, either before, on, or after the Effective Date,

Page 28

that any agreement in the form of a lease of real or personal property identified for assumption on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts is, in fact, a secured transaction, the resulting secured indebtedness arising from such determination shall be treated in accordance with the applicable section of the Plan. Each executory contract and unexpired lease assumed or assumed and assigned pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall revest in and be fully enforceable by the Reorganized Debtors or, if assigned, the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as modified by the provisions of the Plan, any order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing and providing for its assumption or applicable federal law.

Section 9.2 Approval of Assumptions. Subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Confirmation Order (except as otherwise provided therein) shall constitute a Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the assumptions, revestments and, to the extent not subject to dispute, the cure amounts described in this Article IX and the Schedule of Assumed Contracts pursuant to § 365 effective as of the Effective Date.

Section 9.3 Objections to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases.

(a) Any Entity objecting to the SMSA II Debtors’ proposed assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease based on a lack of adequate assurance of future performance or on any ground other than the adequacy of the cure amount set forth in the Cure Amounts Motion, shall File and serve a written objection to the assumption of such contract or lease on or before 4:00 p.m. Central Time on July 25, 2007. Failure to File an objection within the time period set forth above shall constitute consent to the assumption and revestment of those contracts and leases, including an acknowledgment that the proposed assumption provides adequate assurance of future performance.
 

(b) If any Entity Files an objection to the proposed assumption of an executory contract or unexpired lease by an SMSA II Debtor based on any ground other than the adequacy of the cure amount set forth in the Cure Amounts Motion, and the Bankruptcy Court ultimately determines that the SMSA II Debtors cannot assume such contract or lease or that the SMSA II Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or Purchaser, as appropriate, cannot provide adequate assurance of future performance as proposed or in any modified proposal submitted by the SMSA II Debtors, Reorganized Debtors or Purchaser, as appropriate, then the unexpired lease or executory contract shall automatically thereupon be deemed to have been rejected pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof.

Section 9.4 Objections to Proposed Cure Amounts.

(a) The Cure Amounts Motion sets forth the cure amounts to be paid in connection with the assumption by the SMSA II Debtors of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed in the Cure Amounts Motion. The amounts identified for cure in the Cure Amounts Motion are the only amounts necessary to cover any and all outstanding defaults under the respective executory contract or unexpired lease to be assumed and no other defaults exist under said contract or lease.

Page 29

(b) To the extent that any objection to an amount set forth in the Cure Amounts Motion is timely Filed and served and such objection is not resolved between the SMSA II Debtors and the objecting Entity, the Bankruptcy Court shall resolve such dispute at the Confirmation Hearing. The resolution of such disputes shall not affect the SMSA II Debtors’ assumption of the contracts or leases that are the subject of such a dispute, but rather shall affect only the cure amount that must be paid in order to assume such contract or lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the SMSA II Debtors in their discretion determine that the amount asserted to be the necessary cure amount would, if ordered by the Bankruptcy Court, make the assumption of the contract or lease imprudent, then the SMSA II Debtors may, prior to or at the Confirmation Hearing, elect to reject such contract or lease pursuant to Section 9.6 hereof.

(c) The SMSA II Debtors believe that any executory contract or unexpired lease that is listed on the Cure Amounts Motion and does not list a corresponding cure amount may be assumed by the SMSA II Debtors without the payment of any monetary cure amount. Accordingly, there are no cure amounts owing under any of the executory contracts or unexpired leases other than those listed in the Cure Amounts Motion.

Section 9.5 Payment Related to Assumption of Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases. If not the subject of dispute pursuant to Section 9.4 hereof as of Confirmation Date, monetary defaults, if any, under each executory contract and unexpired lease to be assumed under the Plan shall be satisfied by the SMSA II Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, pursuant to § 365(b)(1), by payment in Cash of the amount set forth in the Cure Amounts Motion or such other amount as ordered by the Bankruptcy Court or agreed to by the SMSA II Debtors on or as soon after the Effective Date as practicable or on such other terms as agreed to by the parties to such executory contract or unexpired lease. In the event of a dispute pursuant to Section 9.4, payment of the amount otherwise payable hereunder shall be made following entry of a Final Order or agreement by the SMSA II Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, as the case may be, and the party to the contract or lease.

Section 9.6 Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases to be Rejected.

(a) On the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases to which an SMSA II Debtor is a party that are not listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts shall be automatically rejected by the SMSA II Debtors without further notice or order.  

(b) On the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases to which a Liquidating Debtor is party shall be automatically rejected by the Liquidating Debtors without further notice or order.  

(c) The Confirmation Order shall constitute an order of the Bankruptcy Court approving such rejections, pursuant to § 365, effective as of the Petition Date. Any party to an executory contract or unexpired lease identified for rejection as provided herein may, within the same deadline and in the same manner established for Filing objections to Confirmation, file any objection thereto. Failure to file any such objection within the time period set forth above shall constitute consent and agreement to the rejection.

Page 30

Section 9.7 Bar Date for Rejection Damages. If the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease pursuant to Section 9.6 above gives rise to a Claim by the other party or parties to such contract or lease, such Claim, to the extent that it is timely Filed and is a Miscellaneous Secured Claim, shall be classified in Class 3, and to the extent that it is timely Filed and is a General Unsecured Claim, shall be classified in Class 4 or Class 5, as appropriate; provided , however , that in either event any Claim arising from the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their affiliates, successors, Estates, or their properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Debtors or the Plan Agent, as applicable, within thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Date.

Section 9.8 Contracts Entered Into on or After the Petition Date . On the Effective Date, all contracts, leases, and other agreements entered into by the SMSA II Debtors on or after the Petition Date, which agreements have not been terminated in accordance with their terms on or before the Confirmation Date, shall revest in, and remain in full force and effect as against, the Reorganized Debtors and the other parties to such contracts, leases and other agreements.

ARTICLE X

DISCHARGE, RELEASES AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 10.1 Releases and Discharge of Claims and Interests.

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Plan, the Confirmation (subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date) shall discharge the following Debtors from any debt that arose before the Confirmation Date, and any debt of the kind specified in §§ 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) , whether or not a proof of Claim is Filed or is deemed Filed, whether or not such Claim is an Allowed Claim, and whether or not the holder or such Claim has voted on the Plan:  

(i) each SMSA II Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, if the Purchaser consummates the acquisition of the New Equity Interests pursuant to the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement; and  

(ii) any Post Confirmation Debtor and the corresponding Liquidating Debtor, if and only if such Post Confirmation Debtor completes a reverse merger and timely files its Certificate of Completion prior to the corresponding Consummation of the Plan Date.  

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Plan, the Distributions and rights that are provided in the Plan shall be in complete satisfaction and release, effective as of the Confirmation Date (but subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date) of (i) all Claims and Causes of Action against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of and Interests in each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor and the assets and properties of each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, whether known or unknown, and (ii) all Causes of Action (whether known or unknown, either directly or derivatively through any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor) against, Claims (as defined in § 101) against, liabilities (as guarantor of a Claim or otherwise) of,

Page 31

Liens on the direct or indirect assets and properties of, and obligations of successors and assigns of, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns based on the same subject matter as any Claim or Interest or based on any act or omission, transaction or other activity or security, instrument or other agreement of any kind or nature occurring, arising or existing prior to the Effective Date that was or could have been the subject of any Claim or Interest, in each case regardless of whether a proof of Claim or Interest was Filed, whether or not Allowed and whether or not the holder of the Claim or Interest has voted on the Plan.

(c) On the Effective Date, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby is deemed to release unconditionally on such date every other Debtor and Reorganized Debtor from any and all Claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date in any way relating to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, the Plan or the Chapter 11 Cases, including without limitation, all Intercompany Claims, any and all claims for substantive consolidation with the SMSA II Debtors and any and all claims that the Liquidating Debtors and SMSA II Debtors compose a “single business enterprise.”  

(d) On the Effective Date, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date (i) each present officer, director, employee, consultant, financial advisor, attorney, accountant and other representatives of the Debtors, (ii) the Entities serving on the Creditors Committee and, solely in their capacity as members or representatives of the Creditors Committee or the Executive Committee, each consultant, attorney, accountant or other representative or member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, and (iii) the DIP Lender and, solely in its capacity as representatives of the DIP Lender, each of the DIP Lender’s respective officers, directors, shareholders, partners, agents, employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, advisors, affiliates and other representatives (the Entities specified in clauses (i) through (iii) are referred to collectively as the “Released Parties”; provided, however, that neither Troy Clanton nor William Zimmerman is a Released Party for any purpose herein), from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or at any time from the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date in any way relating to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan, except that no Released Party shall be released from acts or omissions which are the result of willful misconduct or fraud.  

(e) The foregoing release provisions are an integral part of the Plan and are essential to its implementation. If and to the extent that the Bankruptcy Court concludes that the Plan cannot be confirmed with any portion of the foregoing releases, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan so as to give effect as much as possible to the foregoing releases, or to delete them.

Page 32

Section 10.2 Releases of Insiders.

(a) The releases set forth in this Section 10.2 shall become effective only upon the approval by the Bankruptcy Court of the Release Conditions, either in connection with the Confirmation of this Plan or the approval of a separate compromise and settlement proposed under Bankruptcy Rule 9019; provided, that such Release Conditions are approved and satisfied on or prior to the Effective Date.  

(b) On the Effective Date, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date Troy Clanton from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence on or at any time from the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date in any way relating to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Plan, except that Troy Clanton shall not be released from acts or omissions which are the result of willful misconduct or fraud.  

(c) On the Effective Date, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date Troy Clanton from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or at any time prior to the Petition Date in any way relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors.  

(d) If and to the extent that the Bankruptcy Court concludes that the Plan cannot be confirmed with any portion of the foregoing releases, the Debtors reserve the right to amend the Plan so as to give effect as much as possible to the foregoing releases, or to delete them.

Section 10.3 Conclusion of Chapter 11 Cases and Dissolution of Creditors Committee. Except with respect to any appeal of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases, and any matters related to any proposed modification of the Plan, on the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall be dissolved and the members, employees, agents, advisors, affiliates and representatives (including, without limitation, attorneys, financial advisors, and other Professionals) of each thereof shall thereupon be released from and discharged of and from all further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to, arising from and in connection with or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive Committee (and its counsel) shall continue for the purpose of monitoring the implementation of the Plan, administering the Claims objection and resolution process, monitoring the Distribution process with respect to Class 4, objecting to applications of Professionals for compensation and reimbursement and the pursuit and settlement of Chapter 5 Causes of Action until such time as the Executive Committee deems it appropriate by a majority vote to dissolve itself or all members of the Executive Committee resign. All reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by counsel for the Executive Committee in performing the duties contemplated by the Plan to be performed by the Executive Committee after the Effective Date shall be paid out of the Claims Resolution Escrow Account.

Page 33

ARTICLE XI

CONDITIONS TO OCCURRENCE OF THE EFFECTIVE DATE

Section 11.1 Conditions to Occurrence of the Effective Date. For each Debtor, the following are conditions precedent to the occurrence of the Effective Date:

(a) The Confirmation Order shall have been entered in form and substance satisfactory to such Debtor and the Creditors Committee and shall have become a Final Order.

(b) The transactions contemplated by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, if any, shall have closed and the Reorganized Debtors shall have sufficient Cash under the Post Confirmation Credit Facility and otherwise to satisfy all Cash obligations under the Plan due on or as of the Effective Date.

(c) The closing under the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement or Operations Transfer Agreement, as applicable, shall have occurred (in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof) and all amounts required to be paid by the Purchaser shall have been paid.

(d) For each SMSA II Debtor, as applicable, the amended certificate of formation shall have been Filed with the Secretary of State with the applicable state in accordance with applicable state law and the Amended Bylaws shall have been adopted by the corresponding Reorganized Debtor.

(e) All authorizations, consents and regulatory approvals required, if any, in connection with the Plan’s effectiveness shall have been obtained.

(f) No order of a court shall have been entered and shall remain in effect restraining the SMSA II Debtors from consummating the Plan.

(g) Such Debtor and the Creditors Committee shall have approved the applicable Plan Documents, and such Plan Documents shall have been executed in accordance with their terms. The Purchaser’s New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement or Operations Transfer Agreement, as applicable, shall have been approved pursuant to the Confirmation Order and shall be performed pursuant to its terms and conditions.

(h) All amounts required to be paid pursuant to Section 4.2 of the Plan shall have been paid in full in Cash to the DIP Lender.

(i) All reserves required to be established on or prior to the Effective Date shall have been funded pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof, or the Plan Agent shall maintain sufficient availability under the Post Confirmation Credit Facility to fund these reserves as necessary when payments are due therefrom.

Page 34

(j) The Effective Date shall have occurred on or before August 15, 2007, except as extended by written agreement of the Omega Lessor.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, the Confirmation of the Plan as to all Debtors is not a condition precedent to the Effective Date of the Plan for any Debtor.

Section 11.2 Waiver of Conditions to Occurrence of the Effective Date. Any Debtor may waive one or more of the conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date as to the Confirmation of such Debtor’s Plan, except 10.1(h), which may be waived by a Debtor only with the consent of the DIP Lender.

ARTICLE XII

EFFECTS OF PLAN CONFIRMATION

Section 12.1 Binding Effect. Upon Confirmation and pursuant to § 1141(a), the provisions of the Plan shall bind the Debtors, the Creditors Committee, the DIP Lender and all Creditors and Interest holders, including their successors and assigns, whether or not they vote to accept the Plan. The Claims and Distributions under the Plan to Creditors and Interests holders are in full and complete settlement of all Claims and Interests.

Section 12.2 Revesting and Vesting. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, Confirmation Order or the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement or Operations Transfer Agreement, as applicable, and assuming the Purchase acquires the New Equity Interests, all property comprising a SMSA II Debtor’s Estate that is not otherwise sold to the Purchaser or transferred to the Liquidating Trust shall revest in the corresponding Reorganized Debtor or its successors on the Effective Date, pursuant to §§ 1123(a)(5) and 1141, free and clear of all Claims, Liens, charges and encumbrances. As of the Effective Date, the Reorganized Debtors, if any, may operate their business and use, acquire and dispose of property and settle and compromise Claims or Interests without supervision of the Bankruptcy Court free of any restrictions of the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules, other than those restrictions expressly imposed by the Plan and the Confirmation Order. Without limiting the foregoing, each Reorganized Debtor, the Plan Agent (subject to approval by the majority of the Executive Committee members) and the Executive Committee may pay the charges it incurs for professional fees, disbursements, expenses, or related support services after the Effective Date without any application to the Bankruptcy Court.

Section 12.3 Injunction. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall provide, among other things, that all Entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against or Interests in a Debtor are, with respect to any such Claims or Interests, permanently enjoined from and after the Confirmation Date from: (a) commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind (including, without limitation, any proceeding in a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or direct or indirect successor in interest to, any Debtor, or any property of any such transferee or successor; (b) enforcing, levying, attaching

Page 35

(including, without limitation, any pre-judgment attachment), collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, whether directly or indirectly, of any judgment, award, decree or order against any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or direct or indirect successor in interest to, any Debtor, or any property of any such transferee or successor; (c) creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or successor in interest to, any of the foregoing Entities; (d) asserting any right of setoff, subrogation, or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or successor in interest to, any Debtor; and (e) acting or proceeding in any manner, in any place whatsoever, that does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Plan. Furthermore, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, for the consideration described in the Plan, as of the Effective Date, all Entities who have held, hold or may hold claims released pursuant to Section 10.1 above, whether known or unknown, and their respective agents, attorneys and all others acting for or on their behalf, shall be permanently enjoined on and after the Effective Date, with respect to any claim released pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner, any action or other proceeding of any kind with respect to any claim against any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable, or the property of any of them; (b) seeking the enforcement, attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree, or order against any Released Party or the property of any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable; (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against any Released Party; (d) asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable; and (e) taking any act, in any manner and in any place whatsoever, that does not conform to or comply with provisions of the Plan. In the event that any Entity takes any action that is prohibited by, or is otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Section or Section 10.1 of the Plan, then, upon notice to the Bankruptcy Court, the action or proceeding in which the claim of such Entity is asserted shall automatically be transferred to the Bankruptcy Court for enforcement of the provisions of this Section and Section 10.1 of the Plan.

Page 36

Section 12.4 Trading Injunction. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the Confirmation Order shall provide, among other things, that all Entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against or Interests in a Debtor are, with respect to any such Claims or Interests, permanently enjoined from and after the Confirmation Date from: (a) transferring any Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claim against a Target Debtor from and after the Effective Date, until the Plan Shares as to the Post Confirmation Debtors are issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims and, as applicable, Allowed Class 7 Subordinated Claims; and (b) subsequently transferring any the Plan Shares of a Post Confirmation Debtor until such Post Confirmation Debtor has completed its reverse merger or acquisition.

Section 12.5 Remedy for Violation of Injunctions. Should an party violate any of the injunctions set forth above, any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or the Plan Agent may provide written notice of such default to such violating party with copies of such notice to counsel for the Plan Agent and the Executive Committee. If such violation is not cured within ten (10) days from the date of such notice of default, any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor or the Plan Agent may present an ex parte order to the Bankruptcy Court setting a day and time when such party violating the relevant injunction must appear before the Bankruptcy Court and show cause why it should not be held in contempt of the Confirmation Order. If a party is found in contempt of the Confirmation Order, the Court shall assess the cost of the party proceeding on the show cause order against the defaulting party in an amount not less than $7,500 or such higher amount as may have been actually incurred, designate a party to appear and sign or accept the documents required under the Plan on behalf of the defaulting party, and enter such other order as may be deemed necessary to compel such party’s compliance with the Confirmation Order.

ARTICLE XIII

ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS

Section 13.1 Retention of Jurisdiction. Notwithstanding entry of the Confirmation Order, the Bankruptcy Court shall retain jurisdiction as is legally permissible, including, without limitation, for the following purposes:

(a) to determine (i) any Disputed Claims, Disputed Interests and all related Claims accruing after the Confirmation Date including rights and liabilities under contracts giving rise to such Claims, (ii) the validity, extent, priority and nonavoidability of consensual and nonconsensual Liens and other encumbrances, (iii) preconfirmation tax liability pursuant to § 505, and (iv) controversies and disputes regarding the interpretation of the Plan and documents executed in connection therewith;

(b) to allow, disallow, estimate, liquidate or determine any Claim or Interest against a Debtor and to enter or enforce any order requiring the Filing of any such Claim or Interest before a particular date;

(c) to approve all matters related to the assumption, assumption and assignment, or rejection of any executory contract or unexpired lease of a Debtor pursuant to § 365 and Article IX hereof;

Page 37

(d) to determine any request for payment of an Administrative Expense entitled to priority under § 507(a)(1), including compensation of parties entitled thereto;

(e) to resolve controversies and disputes regarding the interpretation and implementation of the Plan, any disputes relating to whether or not a timely and proper proof of Claim was Filed or whether a Disallowed Claim or Disallowed Interest should be reinstated;

(f) to implement the provisions of the Plan and entry of orders in aid of confirmation and consummation of the Plan, including any disputes concerning the enforceability or applicability of the releases and injunctions contained herein; 

(g) to modify the Plan pursuant to § 1127; 

(h) to adjudicate any and all Causes of Action that arose in the Chapter 11 Cases preconfirmation or in connection with the implementation of the Plan, whether or not pending on the Confirmation Date, including without limitation, any remands of appeals;

(i) to resolve disputes concerning any reserves with respect to Disputed Claims, Disputed Interests or the administration thereof;

(j) to resolve any disputes concerning whether a person or entity had sufficient notice of the Chapter 11 Cases, the applicable Bar Date, the hearing on the approval of the Disclosure Statement as containing adequate information, or the Confirmation Hearing for the purpose of determining whether a Claim or Interest is discharged hereunder or for any other purpose;

(k) to determine any and all applications, Claims, Interests, pending adversary proceedings and contested matters (including, without limitation, any adversary proceeding or other proceeding to recharacterize agreements or reclassify Claims or Interests) in these Chapter 11 Cases;

(l) to enter and implement such orders as may be appropriate in the event the Confirmation Order is for any reason stayed, revoked, modified, or vacated;

(m) to seek the issuance of such orders in aid of execution of the Plan, to the extent authorized by § 1142;

(n) to consider any modifications of the Plan, to cure any defect or omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in any order of the Bankruptcy Court, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order;

(o) to recover all assets of a Debtor and property of any Estate, wherever located, including any Cause of Action under §§ 544 through 551;

(p) to resolve any dispute relating to the approval and payment of the fees and expenses of the Plan Agent;

Page 38

(q) to hear and resolve matters concerning state, local, and federal taxes in accordance with §§ 346, 505, and 1146;

Distributions to be made, and/or reserves or escrows to be established, under the Plan;

(t) to enter one or more final decrees closing each Chapter 11 Case;  

(u) to enforce the injunction granted under Section 12.3 of the Plan;  

(v) to approve settlements relating to the above;  

(w) to hear and resolve matters concerning the Liquidating Trust.

Section 13.2 Jurisdiction Over the Reorganized Debtors. Notwithstanding the jurisdiction retained in Section 13.1 hereof, from and after the Effective Date, the Bankruptcy Court shall not have the power to issue any order which modifies the Reorganization Securities or the rights of the holders thereof with respect to such Reorganization Securities.

Section 13.3 Tabulation of Votes on a Non-Consolidated Basis. The Debtors will tabulate all votes on the Plan on a non-consolidated basis by Class and by Debtor for the purpose of determining whether the Plan satisfies §§ 1129(a)(8) and/or (10) with respect to each Debtor. For each Debtor that satisfies §§ 1129(a)(8) and/or (10), and provided that all other requirements to Confirmation of the Plan are met, the Confirmation of this Plan as to such Debtor shall be deemed to occur by operation of the Plan. For any Debtor that fails to satisfy either of §§ 1129(a)(8) or (10), the Confirmation of this Plan as to such Debtor shall be subject to a determination of the Bankruptcy Court that the settlement described in Article II satisfies the requirements for approval under §§ 1123(b)(3) and (6) and Bankruptcy Rule 9019, which determination may be made at the Confirmation Hearing. If all Classes of a Debtor accept the Plan, then the settlement set forth in Article II as to that Debtor shall occur without any evidentiary showing. If one or more, but less than all, Impaired classes of a Debtor accepts the Plan, then the approval of the settlement set forth in Article II as to that Debtor shall be addressed as part of the § 1129(b) case as to that Debtor’s rejecting Class in order to implement the settlement set forth in Article II as to that Debtor.

Section 13.4 Cram Down. If all of the applicable requirements for Confirmation of the Plan as to any Debtor are met as set forth in § 1129(a) except subsection (8) thereof, such Debtor may request the Bankruptcy Court to confirm the Plan pursuant to § 1129(b), notwithstanding the requirements of § 1129(a)(8), on the basis that the Plan is fair and equitable as to that Debtor’s Creditors and does not discriminate unfairly with respect to any Impaired Class of Claims against such Debtor that does not vote to accept the Plan as described in the Disclosure Statement.

Page 39

Section 13.5 Modification of the Plan. The Debtors reserve the right to alter, amend or modify the Plan prior to the entry of the Confirmation Order. After the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors may upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, alter, amend or modify the Plan in accordance with § 1127(b), or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Plan. After entry of the Confirmation Order, if the New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement is terminated by the SMSA II Debtors due to a breach thereof by the Purchaser, then the SMSA II Debtors shall have the right to alter, amend or modify the Plan or remedy any defect or omission in the Plan.

Section 13.6 Exemption from Certain Transfer Taxes. Pursuant to § 1146(c): (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of any securities, instruments or documents;

(b) the creation of any other Lien, mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest; (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including, without limitation, any deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Plan or the revesting, transfer or sale of any real or personal property of any Debtor pursuant to, in implementation of, or as contemplated in the Plan, and (d) the issuance, renewal, modification or securing of indebtedness by such means, and the making, delivery or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Plan, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax or other similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such instrument, without requiring the payment of any filing fees, documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax or similar tax.

Section 13.7 Set-offs. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, agreements entered into in connection with the Plan, the Confirmation Order, or in agreements previously approved by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court, each Debtor and the Plan Agent may, but will not be required to, setoff against any Claim and the Distributions made with respect to the Claim, before any Distribution is made on account of such Claim, any and all of the claims, rights and Causes of Action of any nature that a Debtor may hold against the holder of such Claim; provided , however , that neither the failure to effect such a setoff, the allowance of any Claim hereunder, any other action or omission of a Debtor, nor any provision of the Plan, shall constitute a waiver or release by any Debtor of any such claims, rights and Causes of Action that any Debtor may possess against such holder. To the extent any Debtor fails to setoff against a holder of a Claim or Interest and seek to collect a claim from the holder of such Claim or Interest after a Distribution to the holder of such Claim or Interest pursuant to the Plan, the Plan Agent shall be entitled to full recovery on its claim, if any, against the holder of such Claim or Interest.

Section 13.8 Compromise of Controversies. Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019, and in consideration for the classification, distribution and other benefits provided under the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall constitute a good faith compromise and

Page 40

settlement of all Claims or controversies resolved pursuant to the Plan, including but not limited to those set forth in Article II of the Plan. The entry of the Confirmation Order shall constitute the Bankruptcy Court’s approval of each of the foregoing compromises or settlements, and all other compromises and settlements provided for in the Plan, and the Bankruptcy Court’s findings shall constitute its determination that such compromises and settlements are in the best interests of each Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Estate, Creditor and Interest holder.

Section 13.9 Withdrawal or Revocation of the Plan. Each Debtor reserves the right to revoke or withdraw the Plan as to itself prior to the Confirmation Date. If the Plan is revoked or withdrawn by a Debtor, or if the Confirmation Date does not occur with respective to a Debtor, the Plan shall have no force and effect with respect to such Debtor. Notwithstanding any such revocation or withdrawal by an individual Debtor, the remaining Debtors may nevertheless seek Confirmation of the Plan in their respective Chapter 11 Cases.

Section 13.10 Successors and Assigns. The rights, benefits and obligations of any Entity named or referred to in the Plan shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of, the heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns of such Entity.

Section 13.11 Governing Law. Except to the extent that the Bankruptcy Code or Bankruptcy Rules are applicable, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

Section 13.12 Severability. If any term or provision of the Plan, including Article VI, is determined the Bankruptcy Court to be invalid, void or unenforceable, such determination shall in no way limit or affect the enforceability or operative effect of any other provision of the Plan. If any term or provision of the Plan, including Article VI, is of such a character as to deny Confirmation, the Debtors reserve the right to strike such provisions from the Plan and seek Confirmation of the Plan as modified. Notwithstanding any such holding, alteration, or interpretation, the remainder of the terms and provisions of the Plan will remain in full force and effect and will in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated by such holding, alteration or interpretation. The Confirmation Order will constitute a judicial determination and will provide that each term and provision of the Plan, as it may have been altered or interpreted in accordance with the foregoing, is valid and enforceable pursuant to its terms.

Section 13.13 Notices.

(a) Prior to the Effective Date, all notices, requests or demands for payments provided for in the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received, by mail, addressed to:

Serenity Management Services of America, Inc.
800 W. Arbrook, Suite 210
Arlington, Texas 76015
Attn: Troy Clanton


Page 41

with copies to:

Gardere Wynne Sewell LLP
3000 Thanksgiving Tower
1601 Elm Street
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attn: Deirdre B. Ruckman, Esq.

-and-
 
Counsel to the Creditors Committee
Kane Russell Coleman & Logan PC
1601 Elm Street, Suite 3700
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attn: Joseph Friedman, Esq.

(b) On and after to the Effective Date, all notices, requests or demands for payments provided for in the Plan shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received, by mail, addressed to the Plan Agent, counsel for the Plan Agent and counsel for the Executive Committee at the addresses designated in writing and Filed with the Bankruptcy Court on the Effective Date or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

For so long as the Chapter 11 Cases remain open, any of the above may, from time to time, change its address for future notices and other communications hereunder by Filing a notice of the change of address with the Bankruptcy Court. After the Chapter 11 Cases are closed, any of the above may, from time to time, change its address for future notices and other communications hereunder by service upon the Plan Agent, counsel for the Plan Agent and counsel for the Executive Committee and any party in interest expressly requesting notice of same. Any and all notices given under the Plan shall be effective when received.

Section 13.14 Interpretation, Rules of Construction, Computation of Time, and Choice of Law.

(a) The provisions of the Plan shall control over any descriptions thereof contained in the Disclosure Statement.

(b) Any term used in the Plan that is not defined in the Plan or Appendix 1: Schedule of Defined Terms to the Disclosure Statement, but that is used in the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules. shall have the meaning assigned to that term in (and shall be construed in accordance with the rules of construction under) the Bankruptcy Code or the Bankruptcy Rules. Without limiting the foregoing, the rules of construction set forth in § 102 shall apply to the Plan, unless superseded herein.

(c) Unless specified otherwise in a particular reference, all references in the Plan to Articles, Sections and Exhibits are references to Articles, Sections and Exhibits of or to the Plan.

Page 42

(d) Any reference in the Plan to a contract, document, instrument, release, bylaw, certificate, indenture or other agreement being in a particular form or on particular terms and conditions means that such document shall be substantially in such form or substantially on such terms and conditions.

(e) Any reference in the Plan to an existing document or Exhibit means such document or Exhibit as it may have been amended, restated, modified or supplemented as of the Effective Date.

(f) Captions and headings to Articles and Sections in the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall neither constitute a part of the Plan nor in any way affect the interpretation of any provisions hereof.

(g) In computing any period of time prescribed or allowed by the Plan, the provisions of Bankruptcy Rule 9006(a) shall apply.

(h) All exhibits, annexes and schedules to the Plan are incorporated into the Plan, and shall be deemed to be included in the Plan, regardless of when Filed.

(i) Subject to the provisions of any contract, certificate, bylaws, instrument, release, indenture or other agreement or document entered into in connection with the Plan, the rights and obligations arising under the Plan shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, federal law, including the Bankruptcy Code and Bankruptcy Rules.

(j) Where applicable, references to the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa .

Section 13.15 No Admissions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed as an admission by any Entity with respect to any matter set forth herein.

Section 13.16 Limitation of Liability. Neither any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor, the Creditors Committee or the Executive Committee, nor any of their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, members, agents, advisors, affiliates, underwriters or investment bankers, nor any other professional persons employed by any of them (collectively, the “Exculpated Persons”), shall have or incur any liability to any Entity for any act taken or omission made in good faith in connection with or related to formulating, negotiating, implementing, confirming or consummating the Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any Plan Document. The Exculpated Persons shall have no liability to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Creditor, Interest holder, any other party in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases or any other Entity for actions taken or not taken under the Plan, in connection herewith or with respect thereto, or arising out of their administration of the Plan or the property to be distributed under the Plan, in good faith, including, without limitation, failure to obtain Confirmation or to satisfy any condition or conditions, or refusal to waive any condition or conditions, to the occurrence of the Effective Date, and in all respects such Exculpated Persons shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the Plan.

Page 43

 

        Respectfully submitted,    
 
    THE SMSA II DEBTORS     THE LIQUIDATING DEBTORS    
 
    By: /s. Louis E. Robichaux     By: /s. Louis E. Robichaux    
    Louis E. Robichaux IV     Louis E. Robichaux IV    
    Chief Restructuring Officer of each     Chief Restructuring Officer of each    
    SMSA II Debtor     Liquidating Debtor    


 

Page 44

APPENDIX 1

SCHEDULE OF DEFINED TERMS

 

The following capitalized terms used in the Plan and Disclosure Statement shall have the respective meanings defined below. Unless otherwise stated herein, section (“§”) references are to the United States Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 101-1532 (2005).

Acquired Assets shall have the meaning assigned to it in the Operations Transfer Agreement. Generally speaking, however, the Acquired Assets are expected to include all or substantially all the assets of the SMSA II Debtors, including the Omega Lease, but specifically excluding cash, Chapter 5 Causes of Action and possibly accounts receivable.

Administrative Expense means (a) any cost or expense of administration of a Chapter 11 Case (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of Professionals and any cure amounts paid in connection with the assumption of any contract or lease identified in the Schedule of Assumed Contracts ) asserted or arising under §§ 503(b) or 507(b), (b) a Claim determined to be an Administrative Expense pursuant to a Final Order, and (c) any fees or charges assessed against the Estate under 28 U.S.C. § 1930.

Allowed means, with respect to Claims and Interests, (a) any Claim against or Interest in a Debtor, proof of which is timely Filed or by order of the Bankruptcy Court is not or will not be required to be Filed, (b) any Claim or Interest that has been or is hereafter listed in the Schedules as neither disputed, contingent or unliquidated, and for which no timely Filed proof of Claim has been Filed, (c) any Interest registered in the member interest register maintained by or on behalf of a Debtor as of the Distribution Record Date or (d) any Claim allowed pursuant to the Plan and, in each such case in (a), (b) and (c) above, as to which either (i) no objection to the allowance thereof has been Filed within the applicable period of time fixed by the Plan, the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or the Bankruptcy Court or (ii) such an objection is so Filed and the Claim or Interest shall have been allowed pursuant to a Final Order (but only to the extent so allowed).

Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest means an Allowed Claim or an Allowed Interest in a specified Class. For example, an Allowed General Unsecured Claim is an Allowed Claim in the General Unsecured Claims Class and an Allowed Equity Interest is an Allowed Interest in the Equity Interest Class.

Amended Bylaws means, for any Debtor, the bylaws of such Debtor on and after the Effective Date.

Deadline means the date set by the Bankruptcy Court as the last date on which Ballots/Elections may be submitted.

Ballot means the ballot form upon which holders of Impaired Claims entitled to vote on the Plan shall indicate their acceptance or rejection of the Plan.

Page 1

Bankruptcy Code has the meaning assigned to it in Article I of the Disclosure Statement.

Bankruptcy Court means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, having jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases, or such other court of competent jurisdiction as may obtain such jurisdiction in the future.

Bankruptcy Rules means the Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure as promulgated by the United States Supreme Court under Section 2075, title 28, United States Code, as amended from time to time, applicable to the Chapter 11 Cases, and any local rules of the Bankruptcy Court.

Bar Date means, (i) for Creditors other than Governmental Units, May 29, 2007, which is the final date for Filing proofs of Claim or proofs of Interest in the Chapter 11 Cases; (ii) for Governmental Units, July 16, 2007, which is the final date for Filing proofs of Claim or proofs of Interest in the Chapter 11 Cases; and (iii) for any Rejection Claims, the date thirty (30) days after the Confirmation Date.

Bid Deadline means July 25, 2007 at 4:00 pm Central Time.

Bid Procedures means the procedures proposed by the Debtors and approved by the Bankruptcy Court for the solicitation of bids and commencement of a competitive auction process to sell the New Equity Interests.

Bid Procedures Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court approving the Bid Procedures.

Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

Capital Infusion has the meaning assigned to it in Section 1.4 of the Plan.

Cash means currency, a certified check, a cashier’s check or a wire transfer of immediately available funds from any source or a check drawn on a domestic bank.

Cause of Action means any action, cause of action, suit, account, controversy, agreement, promise, right to legal remedies, right to equitable remedies, right to payment, and Claim, whether known or unknown, reduced to judgment, not reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, unsecured and whether asserted or assertable directly or indirectly or derivatively, in law, equity or otherwise.

Certificate of Completion means the filing which a Post Confirmation Debtor makes with the Bankruptcy Court certifying that a specific Post Confirmation Debtor has met the requirements to close a reverse merger or acquisition on or before that specific Post Confirmation Debtor’s Consummation of the Plan Date. If any Certificate of Completion is filed after a final decree is entered and the corresponding Chapter 11 Case is closed, then the filing of the Certificate of Completion shall be deemed, pursuant to § 350(b) and Bankruptcy Rule 5010,

Page 2

to be an allowed reopening of the Chapter 11 Case of that Debtor and no fee will be required for filing the Certificate of Completion under 28 U.S.C. § 1930(b).

Chapter 7 means chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.

Chapter 11 Case or Chapter 11 Cases means the voluntary case filed by each respective Debtor, currently pending in the Bankruptcy Court under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code and being jointly administered under Case No. 07-30230.

Chapter 5 Cause of Action means any Cause of Action arising under §§ 510, 544 through 551 and 553 or otherwise arising under the Bankruptcy Code.

Chief Restructuring Officer means the officer employed by the Debtors pursuant to Bankruptcy Court order whose primary employment responsibilities include management and oversight of the Debtors’ business through the Chapter 11 Cases.

CIT means CIT Lending Services Corporation.

Claim means any right to (a) payment from a Debtor, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured, known or unknown, or (b) an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right of payment from a Debtor, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured, or unsecured, known or unknown.

Claims Resolution Escrow Account means the account into which the Claims Resolution Escrow Amount shall be deposited. Such account shall be an interest-bearing segregated account maintained by the Disbursing Agent. The funds deposited into the Claims Resolution Escrow Account shall be used to pay (a) the fees and expenses of the Plan Agent, (b) the post Effective Date fees and expenses, if any, of professionals retained by the Executive Committee and the Plan Agent, (c) the expenses, if any, of members of the Executive Committee, and (d) the costs of (i) litigation related to Disputed Claims, (ii) any litigation now or hereafter pending in or in connection with the Chapter 11 Cases which could have an impact on the amount available for Distribution to holders of General Unsecured Claims, and (iii) any litigation related to Chapter 5 Causes of Action.

Claims Resolution Escrow Amount means the funds, up to $250,000 to be allocated to the Claims Resolution Escrow Account pursuant to the Distribution Scheme.

Class means any group of substantially similar Claims or Interests classified by the Plan pursuant to § 1122.

Clerk means the clerk of the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division.

Page 3

Collateral means any property or interest in property of an Estate subject to a Lien to secure the payment or performance of a Claim, which Lien is not subject to avoidance under the Bankruptcy Code.

Confirmation means the entry of a Confirmation Order on the docket maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Confirmation Date means the date on which the Confirmation Order is entered on the docket maintained by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases.

Confirmation Hearing means the hearing held by the Bankruptcy Court regarding Confirmation the Plan pursuant to § 1129, as such hearing may be adjourned or continued from time to time.

Confirmation Notice means the notice of entry of a Confirmation Order of either Plan by the Bankruptcy Court.

Confirmation Order means the order of the Bankruptcy Court confirming the Plan pursuant to § 1129.

Consummation of the Plan means when the requirements of the Plan for a specific Post Confirmation Debtor to enter into a reverse merger or acquisition are met. Consummation of the Plan for each Post Confirmation Debtor occurs after Substantial Consummation of the Plan but must occur before the deadline set forth as the Consummation of the Plan Date as to such Post Confirmation Debtor.

Consummation of the Plan Date means the date on which a reverse merger or acquisition must be completed by a given Post Confirmation Debtor. If the Purchaser acquires the New Equity Interests, in which case all Debtors (excluding Serenity) shall become Target Debtors, the following Consummation of the Plan Dates shall apply to the following Post Confirmation Debtors:

   

For the corresponding

   

The Consummation of the Plan

 
   

Post Confirmation Debtor:

   

Date shall be not later than:

 
    SMSA I Acquisition Corp.     6 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA III Acquisition Corp.     9 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA IV Acquisition Corp.     12 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA El Paso I Acquisition Corp.     15 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA El Paso II Acquisition Corp.     18 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Palestine Acquisition Corp.     21 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Tyler Acquisition Corp.     24 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Gainesville Acquisition Corp.     27 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.     30 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Kerrville Acquisition Corp.     33 months after the Effective Date  
    SMSA Shreveport Acquisition Corp.     36 months after the Effective Date  
    Cora Crane Acquisition Corp.     39 months after the Effective Date  
    Cora Kerrville Acquisition Corp.     42 months after the Effective Date  


 

Page 4

 

If the Purchaser does not acquire the New Equity Interests, the following Consummation of the Plan Dates shall apply to the following Post Confirmation Debtors:

    For the corresponding     The Consummation of the Plan    
    Post Confirmation Debtor:     Date shall be not later than:    
    SMSA I Acquisition Corp.     6 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA III Acquisition Corp.     9 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA II Acquisition Corp.     12 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA IV Acquisition Corp.     15 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA El Paso I Acquisition Corp.     18 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA North America Acquisition Corp.     21 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA El Paso II Acquisition Corp.     24 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Palestine Acquisition Corp.     27 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Houston Acquisition Corp.     30 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Tyler Acquisition Corp.     33 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Gainesville Acquisition Corp.     36 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.     39 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Kerrville Acquisition Corp.     42 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Ft. Worth Acquisition Corp.     45 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Shreveport Acquisition Corp.     48 months after the Effective Date    
    Cora Crane Acquisition Corp.     51 months after the Effective Date    
    Cora Kerrville Acquisition Corp.     54 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Katy Acquisition Corp.     57 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Humble Acquisition Corp.     60 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Treemont Acquisition Corp.     63 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Dallas Acquisition Corp.     66 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA San Antonio Acquisition Corp.     69 months after the Effective Date    
    SMSA Ballinger Acquisition Corp.     72 months after the Effective Date    


Convenience Claim means any Claim, which would otherwise be a General Unsecured Claim that is (a) Allowed in an amount of $500 or less, or (b) is Allowed in an amount greater than $500, but which is reduced pursuant to Section 5.12 of the Plan to an amount of $500 or less.

Creditor means any Entity that is the holder of a Claim that arose on or before the Petition Date or a Claim of the kind specified in § 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i).

Creditors Committee means the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors in the Chapter 11 Cases of the Debtors, as appointed by the Office of the United States Trustee and reconstituted from time to time.

Cure Amounts Motion means that Motion for an Order to Set Cure Amounts for Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases Filed in the Chapter 11 Cases and seeking a determination on cure amounts to be paid in the event certain executory contract and unexpired leases are assumed by the SMSA II Debtors on the Effective Date.

Debtors means the SMSA II Debtors and the Liquidating Debtors, or any one of them.

Page 5

Debtor-in-Possession means a Debtor in its capacity as a debtor in possession in a Chapter 11 Case under §§ 1101, 1107 and 1108.

Deficiency Claim means with respect to a Claim that is partially secured, the amount by which the Allowed amount of such Claim exceeds the value of the Collateral which secures such Claim.

Delaware or Nevada Certificate means the certificate of incorporation or articles of incorporation, as applicable, of each of the Target Debtors executed in connection with such Debtor’s reincorporation merger, if any, as described in this Plan.

DIP Facility means the Debtor-in-Possession loans and other financial accommodations provided pursuant to the Debtor-in-Possession Financing Agreement, dated May 4, 2007, among the Debtors, as borrowers, and the DIP Lender, as amended or otherwise modified, and all ancillary agreements and instruments thereto.

Distribution Scheme means the mechanism for Distribution of the Capital Infusion, as more fully described in Section 2.4(b) of the Plan.

Secured DIP Claims means the Secured Claims of the DIP Lender arising under the DIP Facility.

DIP Lender means OHI Asset (SMS) Lender, Inc., and its respective successors and assigns.

Disallowed means, when used with respect to a Claim or an Interest, a Claim or an Interest that has been disallowed pursuant to a Final Order.

Disclosure Statement means the First Amended Disclosure Statement in Support of the Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors , dated June 17, 2007, including, without limitation, all exhibits and schedules thereto as approved by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to § 1125, as the same may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

Disputed Claim means the portion (including, when appropriate, the whole) of a Claim that is not an Allowed Claim as to which: (a) a proof of Claim has been Filed, or deemed Filed under applicable law or order of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) an objection has been or may be timely Filed; and (c) such objection has not been: (i) withdrawn, (ii) overruled or denied in whole or in part pursuant to a Final Order, or (iii) granted in whole or part pursuant to a Final Order. Before the time that an objection has been or may be Filed, a Claim shall be considered a Disputed Claim (A) if the amount or classification of the Claim specified in the proof of Claim exceeds the amount or classification of any corresponding Claim scheduled by a Debtor in its Schedules, to the extent of such excess; (B) in its entirety, if any corresponding Claim scheduled by a Debtor has been scheduled as disputed, contingent or unliquidated in its Schedules; or (C) in its entirety, if no corresponding Claim has been scheduled by a Debtor in its Schedules. It may also refer to a Disputed Claim in a specified Class. For example, a Disputed General Unsecured Claim is Disputed Claim in the General Unsecured Claims Class.

Page 6

Disputed Claim Reserve Account means that account into which the Disputed Claim Reserve Amount shall be deposited.

Disputed Claim Reserve Amount means that portion of the Capital Infusion that would be allocated for Distribution to Disputed General Unsecured Claims if all such Disputed Claims were Allowed Claims.

Distribution means any distribution to be made pursuant to the Plan.

Effective Date means a Business Day selected by a Debtor, that is the later of (a) a day that is not less than eleven (11) days after the Confirmation Date of that Debtor’s Plan and (b) the first Business Day on which all conditions to the occurrence of the Effective Date of that Debtor’s Plan have been satisfied or duly waived; provided, however, that in no event shall the Effective Date occur later than the latest to occur of (i) August 15, 2007 or such later date to which the Debtors’ deadline to assume or reject the Omega Lease is extended pursuant to § 365(d)(4)(B)(ii).

Entity means any individual, corporation, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, estate, entity, trust, trustee, United States Trustee, unincorporated organization, government, Governmental Unit, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Estate means, as to any Debtor, the estate of that Debtor created by § 541 upon the commencement of that Debtor’s Chapter 11 Case.

Exculpated Persons has the meaning assigned to it in Section 13.16 of the Plan.

Executive Committee means three members of the Creditors Committee to be designated by the Creditors Committee on or before the Confirmation Hearing. The Creditors Committee shall file a notice with the Bankruptcy Court disclosing the name and contact information for each member of the Executive Committee not less than three (3) days prior to the Confirmation Hearing.

Face Amount means: (a) with respect to a particular Claim, (i) if the Claim is listed in the Schedules and the holder of such Claim has not Filed a proof of Claim within the applicable period of limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or other applicable law, the amount of such Claim that is listed in the Schedules as not disputed, contingent or unliquidated; or (ii) if the holder of such Claim has Filed a proof of Claim with the Bankruptcy Court within the applicable period of limitation fixed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules or other applicable law, the liquidated amount stated in such proof of Claim, or such amount as is determined by the Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court; (b) in the case of an Administrative Expense, the liquidated amount set forth in any application Filed with respect thereto, or the amount set forth in a Debtor’s books and records or such amount as is determined pursuant to a Final Order; or (c) in all other cases, zero or such amount as shall be fixed or estimated pursuant to a Final Order.

Page 7

 

File, Filed or Filing means file, filed or filing with the Bankruptcy Court in the Chapter 11 Cases.

Final Order means an order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court entered by the Clerk of the Bankruptcy Court on the docket in a Chapter 11 Case, which has not been reversed, amended, vacated or stayed and as to which (a) the time to appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument or rehearing has expired and as to which no appeal, petition for certiorari or other proceedings for a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall then be pending or (b) if an appeal, writ of certiorari, new trial, reargument or rehearing thereof has been sought, such order or judgment of the Bankruptcy Court shall have been affirmed by the highest court to which such order was appealed, or certiorari shall have been denied or a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have been denied or resulted in no modification of such order, and the time to take any further appeal, petition for certiorari or move for a new trial, reargument or rehearing shall have expired; provided, however, that the possibility that a motion under Rule 60 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, or any analogous rule under the Bankruptcy Rules, may be Filed relating to such order, shall not cause such order not to be a Final Order.

General Unsecured Claim means any Claim that is not an Administrative Expense, a Priority Tax Claim, a Priority Claim, a Secured Claim, a Convenience Claim or a Subordinated Claim.

Governmental Unit means a governmental unit as such term is defined in § 101(27).

HFG means Halter Financial Group, L.P., a Texas limited liability partnership.

Impaired means with respect to any Claim or Interest, impaired within the meaning of § 1124.

Intercompany Claim means a Claim held by any Debtor against any other Debtor based on any fact, action, omission, occurrence or transaction that occurred or came into existence prior to the Petition Date, including without limitation, any account receivable, account payable, contribution claim, or Chapter 5 Cause of Action asserted by one Debtor against another Debtor.

Interests means, as of the Petition Date, the equity interests in a Debtor, including, without limitation, any rights, options, warrants, calls, subscriptions or other similar rights or agreements, commitments or outstanding securities obligating a Debtor to issue, transfer or sell any Interests of a Debtor.

Lien means any security interest, charge against, encumbrance upon or other interest in property, the purpose of which is to secure payment of a debt or performance of an obligation.

Liquidating Debtors means, individually or collectively, Serenity Management Services, Inc.; Senior Management Services of America, Inc.; Senior Management Services of America III, Inc.; Senior Management Services of America IV, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Shreveport, LLC; Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Kerrville, Inc.; Cora Properties of Crane, LP; Cora Properties of Kerrville, LP; Senior

Page 8

Management Services of El Paso Sunset, Inc.; Senior Management Services of El Paso Coronado, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Palestine, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Tyler, Inc.; and Senior Management Services of Gainesville, Inc. Notwithstanding the characterization of these Debtors as “Liquidating Debtors,” any one or more of these Debtors may ultimately reorganize depending on whether such Debtors successfully complete a reverse merger transaction facilitated by HFG.

Liquidating Trust means that certain “SMSA Creditors’ Trust” created pursuant to the Plan for the purposes set forth in the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

Liquidation Analysis means the analysis whereby the Debtors estimate Distribution percentages for each Class of Claim or Interest if the Debtors were to be liquidated pursuant to Chapter 7.

Miscellaneous Secured Claim means a Secured Claim other than a Secured Tax Claim or a Secured DIP Claim.

New Equity Interests means the authorized new economic equity Interests of reorganized SMSA II, which Interests are to be issued on the Effective Date pursuant to the Plan.

New Equity Interests Purchase Agreement means that certain “stock purchase agreement” to be executed by the Purchaser and the applicable SMSA II Debtors to provide for the issuance of the New Equity Interests to the Purchaser. The SMSA II Debtors and the Purchaser will enter into the New Equity Interests Agreements only if the Purchaser purchases the New Equity Interests.

Objection Deadline shall have the meaning assigned to it in Section 7.1 of the Plan.

Old Equity Interests means all authorized, issued and outstanding equity Interests in any Debtor as of the Petition Date.

Omega Lease means the lease of non-residential real property dated June 1, 2005 by and between Omega and Senior Management Services of North Texas, Inc., together with all subleases executed therewith between Senior Management Services of North Texas, Inc., as sublessor, and certain SMSA II Debtors, as sublessees.

Omega Lessor means OHI Asset (TX), LLC in its capacity as Lessor under the Omega Lease.

New Board of Directors means the board of directors of each of the Reorganized Debtors, as of the Effective Date.

Operations Transfer Agreement means one or more “operations transfer agreements” to be executed by the Purchaser and the applicable SMSA II Debtors to transfer operation of the SMSA II Debtors’ facilities to the Purchaser. The SMSA II Debtors and the Purchaser may enter

Page 9

into one or more Operations Transfer Agreements regardless of whether the Purchaser purchases the New Equity Interests or the Acquired Assets.

Payment means a Distribution of Cash.

Petition Date means January 17, 2007, the date on which the Debtors commenced the Chapter 11 Cases.

Plan means the First Amended Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors , dated June 17, 2007.

Plan Agent means Bridge Associates, LLC.

Plan Documents means the agreements, documents and instruments entered into on or as of the Effective Date as contemplated by, and in furtherance of, the Plan (including all documents necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated in the Plan), copies of which shall be available to Creditors upon request to Debtors’ counsel.

Plan Shares means (i) the shares of common stock of each Post Confirmation Debtor issued pursuant to § 1145 and Article VI of the Plan, and (ii) the shares of common stock of any private corporate entity that are issued in any transaction where such private corporate entity becomes the successor to a Post Confirmation Debtor pursuant to § 1145. Plan Shares may be certificated or uncertificated, as those terms are utilized in Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as the board of directors of each Post Confirmation Debtor determines is necessary to fulfill the purpose of the Plan while minimizing costs and delays.

Post Confirmation Credit Facility means that certain credit facility provided by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender to the Liquidating Trust in the original principal amount of $2,200,000.00.

Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender means that certain lender or lenders (together with its successors or assigns), in its capacity as lender pursuant to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, by original execution or assignment thereof, or such other Post Confirmation Credit Facility entered into between the Purchaser and the Liquidating Trust.

Page 10

 

Post Confirmation Debtors means, individually or collectively, the Target Debtors on and after the Effective Date of the Plan. Each Post Confirmation Debtor is a successor of the corresponding Debtor for purposes of §§ 1123 and 1145. Upon becoming Post Confirmation Debtors, the Target Debtors shall assume the following corporate names, as applicable:

Target Debtor

   

Post Confirmation Debtor

   
Senior Management Services of America, Inc.     SMSA I Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of America III, Inc.     SMSA III Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of America IV, Inc.     SMSA IV Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of El Paso Sunset, Inc.     SMSA El Paso I Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of El Paso Coronado, Inc.     SMSA El Paso II Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Palestine, Inc.     SMSA Palestine Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Tyler, Inc.     SMSA Tyler Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Gainesville, Inc.     SMSA Gainesville Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.     SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Kerrville, Inc.     SMSA Kerrville Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Shreveport, Inc.     SMSA Shreveport Acquisition Corp.    
Cora Properties of Crane, LP     Cora Crane Acquisition Corp.    
Cora Properties of Kerrville, LP     Cora Kerrville Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of America II, Inc.     SMSA II Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of America North Texas, Inc.     SMSA North America Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of America Houston, Inc.     SMSA Houston Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Estates at Fort Worth, Inc.     SMSA Ft. Worth Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Katy, Inc.     SMSA Katy Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Humble, Inc.     SMSA Humble Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc.     SMSA Treemont Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Doctors at Dallas, Inc.     SMSA Dallas Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Normandy at San Antonio, Inc.     SMSA San Antonio Acquisition Corp.    
Senior Management Services of Heritage Oaks at Ballinger, Inc.     SMSA Ballinger Acquisition Corp.    


Prepetition Financing has the meaning assigned to it in Section II.E. of the Disclosure Statement.

Priority Claim means any Claim other than an Administrative Expense Claim or a Priority Tax Claim, entitled to priority in payment under § 507(a).

Priority Tax Claim means any Claim of a Governmental Unit of the kind entitled to priority in payment as specified in §§ 502(i) and 507(a)(8).

Proforma Financial Projections has the meaning assigned to it in Article V of the Disclosure Statement.

Professional means an Entity either (i) employed by an order of the Bankruptcy Court authorizing such employment pursuant to §§ 327, 363 or 1103 and providing for compensation for services rendered prior to the Effective Date pursuant to §§ 328, 329, 330 or 331, or (ii) seeking compensation and reimbursement pursuant to §§ 503(b)(2) or (4).

Purchaser means the Entity designated by the Debtors and authorized by the Bankruptcy Court to acquire the New Equity Interests in the Reorganized Debtors.

Page 11

 

Qualifying Bid has the meaning provided in Section IV.H. of the Disclosure Statement.

Ratable Proportion means, with reference to any Distribution on account of a Claim in a given Class, a Distribution equal in amount to the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that the amount of such Claim bears to the aggregate amount of all Claims in such Class.

Rehab Pro means Rehab Pro III, Ltd.

Rehab Pro Motion means that certain Motion for Authority to Pay Prepetition Amounts to Rehab Pro III, Ltd. filed by the Debtors on January 18, 2007.

Rehab Pro Order means the Bankruptcy Court’s order, dated January 19, 2007, approving the Rehab Pro Motion.

Rejection Claim means any Claim arising from the rejection of any executory contract or unexpired lease, including any Claim of (a) a lessor for damages resulting from the rejection of a lease of real property as any such Claim shall be calculated in accordance with § 502(b)(6) or (b) an employee for damages resulting from the rejection of an employment agreement as any such Claim shall be calculated in accordance with § 502(b)(7). A Rejection Claim shall constitute a General Unsecured Claim.

Release Conditions shall mean the terms of the agreement, if any, providing for the compromise and settlement of certain Claims and Causes of Action between and among Troy Clanton, William Zimmerman, the Debtors and the Creditors Committee. Approval of the Release Provisions by the Bankruptcy Court shall be sought either in connection with the Confirmation of this Plan or the approval of a separate compromise and settlement proposed under Bankruptcy Rule 9019.

Released Parties means the beneficiaries of the various releases granted pursuant to Section 10.1(e) of the Plan, each being a “Released Party”.

Reorganization Securities means the New Equity Interests and all debt instruments issued pursuant to the Plan.

Reorganized Debtors means, individually or collectively, the SMSA II Debtors as reorganized on and after the Effective Date of the Plan in connection with the acquisition of the New Equity Interests by the Purchaser. If the Purchaser instead acquires substantially all the assets of the SMSA II Debtors (excluding accounts receivable), the SMSA II Debtors (as Target Debtors) will become Post Confirmation Debtors upon the Effective Date.

Schedule of Assumed Contracts means the Filed schedule, as the same may be supplemented from time to time, of all executory contracts and expired leases to be either assumed by the SMSA II Debtors or assumed and assigned to the Purchaser as of the Effective Date pursuant to § 365 and the terms of the Operations Transfer Agreement.

Page 12

 

Schedules means the schedules of assets and liabilities and the statement of financial affairs Filed by each Debtor under § 521 and Bankruptcy Rule 1007 on February 23, 2007, as amended from time to time.

Secured Claim means a Claim secured by a Lien on Collateral to the extent of the value of such Collateral (a) as set forth in the Plan, (b) as agreed to by the holder of such Claim and a Debtor or (c) as determined pursuant to a Final Order in accordance with § 506(a) or, in the event that such Claim is subject to setoff under § 553, to the extent of such setoff.

Secured Tax Claim means a Secured Claim of a Governmental Unit for property taxes assessed or for property taxes if and to the extent that the Lien securing such Claim attached under applicable law before the Petition Date.

Serenity means Serenity Management Services, Inc., a Texas corporation.

SMSA II Debtors means, individually or collectively, Senior Management Services of America II, Inc.; Senior Management Services of America North Texas, Inc.; Senior Management Services of America Houston, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Estates at Fort Worth, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Katy, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Humble, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Doctors at Dallas, Inc.; Senior Management Services of Normandy at San Antonio; and Senior Management Services of Heritage Oaks at Ballinger, Inc.

Subordinated Claim means any Claim which by its terms or by Final Order of the Bankruptcy Court is subordinated to the payment of General Unsecured Claims, including any Claim which is subordinated to the payment of another Claim pursuant to any applicable provision of the Bankruptcy Code (including § 510 thereof) or applicable non-bankruptcy law.

Substantial Consummation shall have the meaning set forth in § 1101(2) and shall occur upon the Effective Date. Substantial Consummation occurs prior to and is independent of the Consummation of the Plan as defined herein.

Target Debtors means, individually or collectively, (i) if the Purchaser acquires the New Equity Interests, each of the Liquidating Debtors, excluding Serenity, and (ii) if the Purchaser acquires substantially all the assets of the SMSA II Debtors (excluding accounts receivable), each of the Debtors, excluding Serenity.

Transition Assets means $1,000 as to each Post Confirmation Debtor, which will remain with each Post Confirmation Debtor, provided that HFG elects to take Plan Shares in exchange for its Administrative Claim.

Trust Agreement shall mean that certain trust agreement, dated as of the Effective Date (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified) by and between Serenity Management Services, Inc. and the other Debtors, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries (as defined in the Trust Agreement) thereof, and Bridge Associates, LLC, as Trustee.

Page 13

 

Trustee means the Plan Agent, when serving in its capacity as trustee of the Liquidating Trust.

Unclaimed Property means any Cash and Reorganization Securities unclaimed on or after the applicable Distribution Date made in respect of the relevant Allowed Claim. Unclaimed Property shall include: (a) checks (and the funds represented thereby) and Reorganization Securities, mailed to an address of a holder of an Allowed Claim and returned as undeliverable without a proper forwarding address; (b) funds for uncashed checks; and (c) checks (and the funds represented thereby) and Reorganization Securities not mailed or delivered because no address to mail or deliver such property was available.

Unimpaired means a Claim that is not Impaired.

Voting Procedures means the procedures for submitting a Ballot in which a holder of a Claim or Interest votes for or against the Plan as described in Section VII.A. of the Disclosure Statement.

Voting Period means the period from the date of approval of the Disclosure Statement by the Bankruptcy Court through and including the Bid Deadline, during which time holders of Claims or Interests must submit a Ballot.

Page 14

 

APPENDIX 2

 

 RETENTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF CAUSES OF ACTION

Preference Actions :

The Debtors and the Plan Agent reserve the right to pursue any and all claim, rights and Causes of Action arising under 11 U.S.C. §§ 510, 544 through 551 and 553 against the parties referenced in any Debtor’s Statement of Financial Affairs , including in response to Question 3 thereof, regarding such Debtor’s payments to Creditors.

Potential Fraudulent Transfers :

The Debtors and the Plan Agent reserve the right to pursue the following:

Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action arising under 11 U.S.C. §§ 510, 544 through 551 and 553 against the parties referenced in any Debtor’s Statement of Financial Affairs , filed February 23, 2007 including in response to Question 3 thereof, regarding such Debtor’s payments to Creditors.

Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action arising under 11 U.S.C. §§ 510, 544 through 551 and 553 against the following Entities and/or any of their respective present or former owners, officers, directors, employees, consultants, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and other representatives to the extent not specifically released under the terms of the Plan:

Troy Clanton

William Zimmerman
W. Ronald Anderson
Rehab Pro III, Ltd.
Other insiders against whom the Creditors Committee believes one or more Debtors may have Causes of Action for the recovery of excessive payments of salary or other compensation.

General Litigation :

The Debtors and the Plan Agent reserve the right to pursue potential litigation involving the following Entities and/or any of their respective present or former owners, officers, directors, employees, consultants, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants and other representatives to the extent not specifically released under the terms of the Plan:

Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action arising from any prepetition contract, agreement or arrangement with the Debtors.
Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action against Troy Clanton, William Zimmerman, W. Ronald Anderson and Rehab Pro III, Ltd.


 

Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action against Senior Management Services of Paris, Inc., for unpaid management fees.
Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action against attorneys, accountants or other professionals of the Debtors that provided advice to the Debtors’ concerning the Debtors’ use of private pay funds prior to December 31, 2006.
Any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action against William Zimmerman, the bankruptcy estates of Heritage Oaks Healthcare, Inc. and/or Riverside Healthcare, Inc., Robert M. Hirsh as the Liquidating Supervisor for the estates of each of Heritage Oaks Healthcare, Inc. and Riverside Healthcare, Inc., and any other parties to the bankruptcy cases of Heritage Oaks Healthcare, Inc. and/or Riverside Healthcare, Inc. and/or employees of Heritage Oaks Healthcare, Inc. and/or Riverside Healthcare, Inc. arising from certain billing and collection agreements by and between Serenity Management Services, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., and Robert M. Hirsh as Liquidating Trustee for each Heritage Oaks Healthcare, Inc. and Riverside Healthcare, Inc.

Active Litigation :

The Debtors, Reorganized Debtors, Liquidated Debtors and the Plan Agent reserve the right to pursue any and all claims, rights and Causes of Action in regard to active litigation matters against the parties referenced in any Debtor’s Statement of Financial Affairs , including in response to Question 4 thereof. The subject matter of the various active litigation matters currently involving the Debtors is listed in the respective Debtors’ Statement of Financial Affairs .


 

 

NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

ENTERED

TAWANA C. MARSHALL, CLERK

THE DATE OF ENTRY IS

ON THE COURT'S DOCKET

Exhibit 2.2

 

 

 

 

The following constitutes the ruling of the court and has the force and effect therein described.

                                                                                                         



 

 

 

Signed August 1, 2007    

United States Bankruptcy Judge

   





 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT

FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS

DALLAS DIVISION

§

In re:

§

Chapter 11

§

SENIOR MANAGEMENT

§

Case No. 07-30230-HDH-11

SERVICES OF TREEMONT, INC., et al.   1

§

Jointly Administered

 

§

Debtors

§


ORDER CONFIRMING FIRST AMENDED, MODIFIED

CHAPTER 11 PLAN PROPOSED BY THE DEBTORS

________________

1 The “Debtors” comprise Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc., Senior Management Services of El Paso Coronado, Inc., Senior Management Services of Gainesville, Inc., Senior Management Services of Palestine, Inc., Senior Management Services of Tyler, Inc., Senior Management Services of El Paso Sunset, Inc., Senior Management Services of Katy, Inc., Senior Management Services of Humble, Inc., Senior Management Services of Doctors at Dallas, Inc., Senior Management Services of Estates at Fort Worth, Inc., Senior Management Services of Normandy at San Antonio, Inc., Senior Management Services of Heritage Oaks at Ballinger, Inc., Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc., Senior Management Services of Kerrville, Inc., Senior Management Services of America Houston, Inc., Senior Management Services of America North Texas, Inc., Senior Management Services of America IV, Inc., Senior Management Services of America III, Inc., Senior Management Services of America II, Inc., Senior Management Services of America, Inc., Serenity Management Services, Inc., Senior Management Services of Shreveport, LLC, Cora Properties of Crane, LP, and Cora Properties of Kerrville, LP.


The Debtors and Debtors in possession have Filed 2 and requested to be confirmed the First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors , dated August 1, 2007 (the “ Modified Plan ”), which reflects certain modifications to the First Amended Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors , dated June 17, 2007 (the “ First Amended Plan ”), pursuant to § 1127, 3 as well as those modifications announced on the record at the August 1, 2007 Confirmation Hearing (collectively, the “ Modifications ”). The Modifications are technical and/or do not adversely change the treatment of the Claim of any Creditor or the Interest of any equity security holder that has not accepted and agreed to the Modifications. Accordingly, the Modified Plan is deemed accepted by all Creditors and Interest holders who have previously accepted the First Amended Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3019. Given that the changes to the First Amended Plan are technical and/or do not materially and adversely affect the treatment of Claims or Interests, the First Amended Disclosure Statement in Support of Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors , dated June 17, 2007 (the “ Disclosure Statement ”), contains adequate information for such Modifications pursuant to § 1125, and the Debtors need not resolicit acceptances of the Modifications by holders of such Claims or Interests.

On June 18, 2007, the Debtors Filed the Disclosure Statement. The Bankruptcy Court entered an order approving the Disclosure Statement and finding that it contained adequate information under § 1125 (the “ Disclosure Statement Order ”) on June 22, 2007. The Disclosure Statement Order provided for copies of (i) the Plan, (ii) the Disclosure Statement, (iii) a ballot,(iv) the court-approved solicitation letter from the Creditors Committee letter and (v) a copy of

________________

2 Each term that is capitalized herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Modified Plan and, if such term is not defined in the Modified Plan, the Disclosure Statement.

  3 Unless otherwise stated, section references herein are to 11 U.S.C. § 101-1532 (2005) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”).


the order approving the Disclosure Statement (collectively, the “ Solicitation Materials ”) to besent out by June 26, 2007; (ii) voting on the First Amended Plan by return of ballots to the Debtors by July 25, 2007; (iii) objections to Confirmation of the First Amended Plan to be Filed by July 25, 2007; and (iv) the hearing on Confirmation of the First Amended Plan (the “ Confirmation Hearing ”) to commence on August 1, 2007.

The Bankruptcy Court commenced the Confirmation Hearing on August 1, 2007. Timely objections to Confirmation of the First Amended Plan were Filed by July 25, 2007. Having reviewed, among other things, (i) the First Amended Plan, (ii) the Modified Plan, (iii) the Disclosure Statement, (iv) the Plan Documents, (v) all objections to Confirmation of the Modified Plan not previously withdrawn, (vi) the Certification of Michael S. Haynes with Respect to the Tabulation of Votes in Classes 3, 4 and 5 on the First Amended Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors , dated July 31, 2007 (the “ Ballot Certification ”) Filed by the Debtors certifying voting results and the mailing of the Solicitation Materials, (vii) the Operations Transfer Agreement between certain of the SMSA II Debtors and the Purchaser, and (viii) the Schedule of Assumed Contracts , as supplemented; and having considered the evidence and record of the Confirmation Hearing, including the testimony of the Chief Restructuring Officer and the arguments of counsel; and after due deliberation thereon, the Bankruptcy Court hereby makes the following findings of fact and conclusions of law. 3

___________________________

3 The following paragraphs shall constitute this Court’s findings of fact and conclusions of law made at the Confirmation Hearing pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 7052, which is made applicable to this proceeding by Bankruptcy Rule 9014. To the extent any finding of fact shall be determined to be a conclusion of law, it shall be so deemed, and vice versa.


 

FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW:

1. Jurisdiction . This Court has jurisdiction over the Debtors and the subject matter of the Confirmation Hearing pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 157(b) and 1334(a). The Confirmation Hearing is a core proceeding pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 157(b)(1) and (2)(L). Venue of the Chapter 11 Cases in this district is proper pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 1408 and 1409. 

2. Solicitation . In accordance with the Disclosure Statement Order and as evidenced by the Ballot Certification, the Debtors caused (i) the Solicitation Materials and (ii) notice of the Confirmation Hearing and the deadlines for voting on, and Filing objections to, the First Amended Plan to be distributed to all known holders of Claims against and Interests in the Debtors. In addition, the Solicitation Materials were distributed timely to former patients and residents who — though likely not Creditors or Interest holders — had through prior inadvertence not received earlier notice of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors also provided notice by publication in several newspapers of the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases, the Debtors’ intent to sell substantially all their assets and the date of the Confirmation Hearing and deadline for objections to the Modified Plan. Such actions constitute due, sufficient and adequate notice to all known holders of Claims and Interests of the Modified Plan, the Confirmation Hearing and the deadlines for submitting votes on, and Filing objections to the Confirmation of, the Modified Plan and no other or further notice is required. 

3. Modifications to Plan . The Modifications to the First Amended Plan, including those (i) set forth in the Debtors’ Notice of Modifications to First Amended Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors and (ii) presented on the record at the Confirmation Hearing, comply in all respects with § 1127(a) and, in accordance with Bankruptcy Rule 3019, do not adversely


change the treatment of the Claim of any Creditor or the Interest of any equity security holder who has not accepted in writing such amendments, in that no Creditor who accepted the First Amended Plan, if it knew of the Modifications, would be likely to reconsider its acceptance of the First Amended Plan. The notice of such Modifications was due and adequate under the circumstances of the Chapter 11 Cases and no further notice is required. The Modifications do not require additional disclosure under § 1125 or Bankruptcy Rule 9019 or the resolicitation of acceptances or rejections under § 1126, nor do they require that the holders of Claims or Interests be afforded an opportunity to change previously cast acceptances or rejections of the Modified Plan.

4. Separate Plans . The Modified Plan constitutes a separate plan Filed by and on behalf of each Debtor pursuant to § 1122(a) and Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a). 

5. Procedures for Voting . As evidenced by the Ballot Certification, the procedures by which ballots for voting on the Modified Plan were received and tabulated were fair, properly conducted and in accordance with the Bankruptcy Code, the Bankruptcy Rules, the local rules of this Court and the Disclosure Statement Order. 

6. Satisfaction of Confirmation Requirements . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(1) is satisfied because the Modified Plan complies with all the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including, without limitation, the provisions of §§ 1122 and 1123.

(a)       Proper Classification of Claims and Interests . As to each Debtor, §§ 1122(a) and 1123(a)(1) are satisfied because the Modified Plan properly designates separate Classes of Claims and Interests, each of which contains only Claims or Interests that are substantially similar to the other Claims or Interests within that Class.


(b)       Specification of Unimpaired Classes . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(2) is satisfied because the Modified Plan properly designates Classes of Claims and Interests as impaired or unimpaired. 

(c)       Specification of Treatment of Impaired Classes . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(3) is satisfied because the Modified Plan specifies the treatment of each Class of Claims and Interests that is impaired under the Modified Plan, to the extent that the Claims or Interests within such Class are Allowed Claims or Allowed Interests, respectively. 

(d)       Equal Treatment Within Classes . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(4) is satisfied because the Modified Plan provides the same treatment for each Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest within a particular Class unless the holder of a particular Allowed Claim or Allowed Interest has agreed to a less favorable treatment of such Claim or Interest. 

(e)       Implementation of Plan . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(5) is satisfied because the Modified Plan provides adequate means for its implementation, including the sale of the Acquired Assets to the Purchaser. 

(f)       Charter Provisions . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(6) is not applicable here because there are no equity securities being issued pursuant to the Modified Plan. 

(g)       Selection of Officers and Directors . As to each Debtor, § 1123(a)(7) is satisfied because the Modified Plan contains only provisions that are consistent with the interests of holders of Claims and Interests and with public policy with respect to the manner of selection of the Plan Agent and the Trustee. Furthermore, based on the statements of counsel, the Disclosure Statement and First Amended Plan are deemed amended to reflect that William Zimmerman was no longer an officer or director of any of the Debtors, effective May 1, 2007. 

(h)       Bankruptcy Rule 3016(a) . Rule 3016(a) of the Bankruptcy Rules is satisfied because the Modified Plan is dated and identifies the Entities submitting it.

7.       Debtors’ Compliance with the Applicable Provisions of the Bankruptcy Code . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(2) is satisfied because the Debtors have complied with all applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.


8. Plan Proposed in Good Faith . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(3) is satisfied becausethe Modified Plan was proposed in good faith and not by any means forbidden by law. In determining that the Modified Plan has been proposed in good faith, the Bankruptcy Court has examined the totality of circumstances surrounding the filing of the Chapter 11 Cases and the formulation of the Modified Plan. The Chapter 11 Cases was Filed and the Modified Plan was proposed with the legitimate and honest purposes of liquidating the Debtors and providing a fair and equitable Distribution of the Debtors’ assets among their various Creditors and Interest holders. Further, the Modified Plan is the product of extensive, good faith, arms’ length negotiations among the Debtors, the Creditors Committee and their respective counsel and financial advisors, as well as other parties in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases. The Debtors, the Creditors Committee, the DIP Lender, the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender, the Purchaser and the Omega Lessor and their respective counsel and financial advisors acted in good faith in connection with the foregoing.

9. Resolution of Objections . All objections to Confirmation, to the extent not otherwise withdrawn or resolved as set forth herein, are overruled. 

10. Payment for Services and Expenses . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(4) is satisfied because, to the extent required by that section, any payment made or to be made by the Debtors for services or for costs and expenses in, or in connection with, the Chapter 11 Cases, or in connection with the Modified Plan and incident to the Chapter 11 Cases, has been approved by, or is subject to the approval of, the Bankruptcy Court as reasonable. 

11. Directors, Officers and Insiders . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(5) is satisfied, to the extent applicable, because the Debtors have disclosed the identity of the Entity that shall


serve as Plan Agent and Trustee on and after the Confirmation Date and the Creditors Committeehas disclosed the identity of the Entities that shall compose the Executive Committee on and after the Confirmation Date.

12. No Rate Changes . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(6) is not applicable because there is no governmental regulatory commission with jurisdiction, after confirmation of the Modified Plan, over rates of the Debtors. 

13. Best Interests of Creditors Test . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(7) is satisfied. The liquidation analysis contained in Appendix 2 of the Disclosure Statement and other evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing (i) are persuasive and credible, (ii) have not been controverted by other evidence, and (iii) established that each holder of an impaired Claim or Interest either (x) has accepted the Modified Plan or (y) will receive or retain under the Modified Plan, on account of such Claim or Interest, property of a value, as of the Effective Date, that is not less than the amount that such holder would so receive or retain if the corresponding Debtor were liquidated under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code. 

14. Acceptance by Certain Classes . As set forth in the Ballot Certification, § 1129(a)(8)(A) is satisfied as to each Debtor with respect to one or more of Classes 3, 4 and 5, which are Classes of Claims Impaired by the Modified Plan, because such Classes have either accepted the First Amended Plan pursuant to § 1126(c), or have no Impaired Creditors, and are deemed to have accepted the Modified Plan pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3019. As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(8)(B) is satisfied with respect to Classes 1 and 2 because such Classes are not impaired by the Modified Plan and are therefore conclusively deemed to have accepted the Modified Plan under § 1126(f) and Bankruptcy Rule 3019.


 

15. Best Interests of Non-Accepting Classes . Section 1129(a)(8) has not been satisfied with respect to Classes 6, 7 and 8 for any Debtor and Class 5 for Senior Management Services of El Paso Sunset, Inc. (“ SMS Sunset ”) because these Classes either are deemed not to have accepted the Modified Plan pursuant to § 1126(g) or voted to reject the Modified Plan in the case of Class 5 Claims against SMS Sunset. Under the Modified Plan, no holder of a Claim or Interest that is junior to the Claims in Classes 5, 6 or 7 will receive or retain any property under the Modified Plan on account of such junior Claim or Interest, and no holder of an Interest that is junior to the Interests in Class 8 will receive or retain any property under the Modified Plan on account of such junior Interest. As to each Debtor, the Modified Plan therefore satisfies the requirements of § 1129(b)(2)(B) with respect to Classes 6 and 7 and § 1129(b)(2)(C) with respect to Class 8, and as to SMS Sunset, the Modified Plan further satisfies the requirements of § 1129(b)(2)(B) with respect to Class 5. Thus, the Modified Plan may be confirmed as to each Debtor without compliance with § 1129(a)(8) with respect to Classes 6, 7 and 8 and as to SMS Sunset without compliance with §1129(a)(8) with respect to Class 5; that is, the Modified Plan (i) does not discriminate unfairly against these Classes and (ii) is fair and equitable with respect to these Classes within the meaning of § 1129(b). No Creditors in Classes senior to Classes 5, 6, 7 and 8 are receiving more than 100% of the Allowed amount of their respective Claims.

16. Treatment of Administrative Expenses . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(9)(A) is satisfied because the Modified Plan provides that (i) there are no Claims of a kind specified in § 507(a)(3) and (ii) (a) Allowed Administrative Expenses arising from liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of the Debtors’ businesses shall be paid in full or performed by the Debtors, in accordance with their terms and conditions in the ordinary course of business consistent with


such past practices and (b) Allowed Administrative Expenses of Professionals arising on or prior to the Effective Date shall be paid upon the Filing of applications for compensation and reimbursement of expenses and allowance by the Bankruptcy Court of the amounts sought in such applications. Applications for allowance and payment of Administrative Expenses that have not been paid, released or otherwise settled, including Administrative Expenses for reimbursement of expenses of the members of the Creditors Committee and Administrative Expenses for compensation or reimbursement of expenses incurred in making a substantial contribution in the Bankruptcy Case pursuant to §§ 503(b)(3) or (4), but excluding (i) Administrative Expenses that are postpetition trade payables not payable in the ordinary course of business until after the Effective Date and (ii) Administrative Expenses for fees and expenses of Professionals, must be filed on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the Effective Date or forever be barred from doing so.

17. Treatment of Other Priority Claims . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(9)(B) is satisfied because the Modified Plan provides that each holder of an Allowed Priority Claim shall be entitled to receive the Allowed amount of such Claim in full in Cash on or as soon as practicable after the later of (i) the Effective Date and (ii) the date that such Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Claim. 

18. Treatment of Priority Tax Claims . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(9)(C) is satisfied because the Modified Plan provides that, unless otherwise agreed by the holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Plan Agent, each holder of an Allowed Priority Tax Claim shall receive on account of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim either (i) payment in full in Cash of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim on or as soon as practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date


 

and (b) the date on which such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim; (ii) regular installment payments in Cash, over a period ending not later than five (5) years after the Petition Date, of a total value, as of the Effective Date, equal to the Allowed amount of such Priority Tax Claim; or (iii) such other treatment agreed to by the holder of such Allowed Priority Tax Claim and the Plan Agent, as applicable; provided , such treatment is on more favorable terms to the Debtors than the treatment set forth in clause (ii). Based on the statements of counsel at the Confirmation Hearing, it is anticipated that Allowed Priority Tax Claims will be paid in full in cash on or as soon as practicable after the later of (a) the Effective Date, (b) the date on which such Priority Tax Claim becomes an Allowed Priority Tax Claim and (c) the date such Priority Tax Claim comes due in the ordinary course pursuant to the terms of the Operations Transfer Agreement or by operation of law.

19. Acceptance of at Least One Impaired Class . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(10) is satisfied because at least one Class of Claims that is impaired under the Modified Plan has accepted the Modified Plan, determined without including any acceptance by an insider. For each Debtor, at least one Impaired Class has accepted the First Amended Plan and, pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3019 and this Confirmation Order, are deemed to have accepted the Modified Plan. 

20. Feasibility . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(11) is satisfied because confirmation of the Modified Plan is not likely to be followed by the need for further financial reorganization or liquidation of any of the Debtors. The evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing (i) was persuasive and credible, (ii) was not controverted by other evidence, and (iii) established that the Debtors have the ability to meet their obligations under the Modified


 

Plan. The Bankruptcy Court further finds that the Purchaser will be able to make the payments contemplated under the Modified Plan.

21.       Compromises and Settlement . The Modified Plan contains a compromise and settlement of certain existing and potential disputes regarding Intercompany Claims and related matters (the “ Settlement ”), the terms of which are set forth more fully in Article II of the Modified Plan. The evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing in support of theproposed Settlement (i) was persuasive and credible, (ii) has not been controverted by other evidence, and (iii) established that the Settlement is the product of good faith, arms’ length negotiation between and among the respective Debtors, in close consultation with the Creditors Committee, represents a reasonable compromise and settlement between and among the various Debtors and is in the best interest of the Debtors’ estates and creditors. In support of the proposed Settlement, the Court makes the following findings:

(a)      The Debtors’ estimate total Allowed General Unsecured Claims of approximately $9,035,345 against the SMSA II Debtors, and approximately $6,992,138 against the Liquidating Debtors. 

(b)      As of the Petition Date, approximately $14,138,558 of the total outstanding indebtedness under the Debtors’ prepetition secured credit facility was owed by Liquidating Debtors, versus only approximately $2,125,093 owed by SMSA II Debtors. 

(c)      The Debtors’ schedules indicate that, based on an analysis of accounts receivable and accounts payable owed between Debtor entities, the Liquidating Debtors owe a net intercompany payable to the SMSA II Debtors in excess of $2,400,000.00. 

(d)      Although all Debtors were jointly and severally liable on the prepetition secured credit facility, a significant portion of that indebtedness was satisfied effectively from the cash proceeds of asset belonging solely to two Liquidating Debtors: Cora Properties of Crane, LP and Cora Properties of Kerrville, LP. The balance of that indebtedness — comprising the outstanding DIP Facility — will be satisfied through the


proceeds from the sale of the Omega Lease by the SMSA II Debtors to the Purchaser.

(e)      Certain Debtors may be able to assert claims and Causes of Action against one another under various theories, including claims for right of contribution, Chapter 5 Causes of Action, substantive consolidation and claims for recovery under the theory of “single business enterprise.” 

(f)      Taken individually, the Liquidating Debtors are generally administratively insolvent, as demonstrated in the Liquidation Analysis contained as Appendix 2 to the Disclosure Statement. 

(g)      The Debtors derive some benefit, whether tangible or intangible, in confirming a Plan for all twenty four Debtors, rather than risking the prospect of a “partial” Confirmation that splits the otherwise integrated family of Debtors such that some proceed under Chapter 11 while others convert to Chapter 7.

Moreover, having considered (i) the probability of success in litigation with due consideration for uncertainty in fact and law; (ii) the complexity and likely duration of the litigation, and the expense, inconvenience and delay necessarily attending it; and (iii) all other factors bearing on the wisdom of the Settlement, the Bankruptcy Court finds that the Modified Plan satisfies the requirements of Bankruptcy Rule 9019 and § 1123(b)(3) with respect to the Settlement. In addition, the Creditors Committee, by and through its counsel, has reviewed and commented upon the Settlement. Furthermore, the Creditors of the Estate, through their overwhelming support of the Modified Plan, have evidenced their support of the Settlement.

22. Auction . The Debtors have identified the Qualifying Bid of Diversicare Texas I, LLC, Diversicare Treemont, LLC, Diversicare Doctors, LLC, Diversicare Estates, LLC, Diversicare Katy, LLC, Diversicare Humble, LLC, Diversicare Normandy Terrace, LLC, and Diversicare Ballinger, LLC (collectively, the “ Diversicare Parties ”) as the higher or better offer for the Acquired Assets of the SMSA II Debtors. The terms of this transaction are set forth in the Operations Transfer Agreement. Based on the evidence proffered or adduced at the


Confirmation Hearing, the Diversicare Parties’ Qualifying Bid comprises the higher or better offer for the purchase of the Acquired Assets. In addition, the Bankruptcy Court makes the following findings of fact and conclusions of law pertaining to the auction and proposed sale of the Acquired Assets to the Purchaser:

(a)      On July 24, 2007, the Debtors conducted an auction for the sale of the Acquired Assets. The submission of bids and the subsequent auction conducted by the Debtors pursuant to the Bid Procedures, was fair, reasonable and conducted in good faith. A reasonable opportunity was afforded to each bidder in attendance to improve its bid to become a Qualifying Bid. 

(b)      The Debtors have complied with all of the Bid Procedures, and requested designation of the Diversicare Parties as the “Successful Bidder” and “Purchaser” for all purposes in the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order. Accordingly, the Diversicare Parties are hereby determined to be the “Purchaser” for all purposes in the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order. 

(c)      Notice of the auction was provided in conformity with Bankruptcy Rules 2002, 6004, 6006 and this Court’s prior orders directing the form and manner of notice to be provided. Sufficient notice of the auction was provided, and such notice was properly served on all required entities, including without limitation all persons claiming any interest in the Assets. No other or further notice of the auction is necessary. 

(d)      A reasonable opportunity to object or be heard regarding the auction and proposed sale has been afforded to all interested parties and entities. 

(e)      The proposed sale has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action of the respective Debtors and, subject to the entry of this Confirmation Order, the Debtors have all organizational power and authority necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Successful Bid and the Operations Transfer Agreement. No consents or approvals, other than those expressly contemplated by the Successful Bid, are required for the Debtors to consummate the proposed sale. 

(f)      Neither the execution and delivery of the Operations Transfer Agreement, nor the consummation by the Debtors of the transactions contemplated thereby will constitute any violation or breach of or conflict with the organizational or formation documents of the respective Debtors or applicable law.


 

(g)      Pursuant to §§ 105(a) and 363, sufficient business justification exists for the Sale of the Acquired Assets, and the transactions contemplated by the Successful Bid and the Operations Transfer Agreement are properly authorized under §§ 105 and 363. 

(h)      The execution of the Operations Transfer Agreement and any other transaction documents in connection with the Successful Bid and the corresponding proposed sale is in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates and creditors. A copy of the Operations Transfer Agreement executed in connection with the Successful Bid was admitted into evidence at the Confirmation Hearing. 

(i)      The Successful Bid and the Operations Transfer Agreement were negotiated, proposed and accepted in good faith from arms’ length bargaining positions, and the consideration to be paid pursuant to the terms of Successful Bid constitutes adequate and fair value for the Acquired Assets. 

(j)      The applicable Debtors may sell the Acquired Assets free and clear of any and all liens, security interests or encumbrances (except for any lien, security interest or encumbrance permitted or required in the Successful Bid to remain attached to the applicable asset) because either (1) applicable non-bankruptcy law permits such a sale free and clear; (2) the applicable creditors consented to the sale; (3) the aggregate value to be received in consideration of the sale of the applicable asset and assumption, if any, of liabilities by the Purchaser exceeds the value of the liens upon and security interests in the applicable asset; (4) such security interests or liens are the subject of a bona fide dispute; or (5) applicable creditors could be compelled, in a legal or equitable proceeding, to accept a money satisfaction of such security interests or liens. 

(k)      The transactions contemplated in the Successful Bid are undertaken by the Debtors and the Purchaser at arms’ length and in good faith within the meaning of §§ 363(m) and 364(e). The Purchaser is a good faith purchaser under § 363(m) in connection with the proposed and the transactions contemplated and authorized by this Confirmation Order, and shall be entitled to the protections afforded to a good faith purchaser thereunder.

23.       Issuance of Plan Shares; Reverse Merger .

(a)      On July 26, 2007, Halter Financial Group, Inc. (“ HFG ”) Filed notice with the Bankruptcy Court of its election to receive Plan Shares in satisfaction of its Allowed Administrative Expense, thereby triggering the provisions of Sections 6.1 through 6.7 of the Modified Plan.


 

(b)      In light of the sale of the Acquired Assets, all Debtors (excluding Serenity) will be Target Debtors for all purposes under the Modified Plan. 

(c)      The Plan Shares issued to HFG and Class 4 General Unsecured Creditors are issued on account of their respective Allowed Claims, and satisfy the criteria of § 1145(a), and any recipient of any securities pursuant thereto is not an “underwriter” as defined in § 1145(b). 

(d)      The Debtors, together with HFG and the Committee, have demonstrated a reasonable probability that reverse mergers or acquisitions which are provided for in the Modified Plan to be secured by the Target Debtors will take place prior to the Consummation of the Plan Date for each entity by demonstrating previous success with such transactions in other bankruptcy and non-bankruptcy contexts. 

(e)      For purposes of § 1125(c), the proponents of the Modified Plan and HFG, as applicable, have solicited acceptances and rejections of the Modified Plan and otherwise participated in the offering and issuance of securities of the Target Debtors under the Modified Plan in good faith and in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and are entitled to the protections of § 1125(e). 

(f)      Each Target Debtor shall be deemed to have received a discharge pursuant to § 1141(d)(1)(A) upon meeting the conditions set forth in the Modified Plan prior to that Debtor’s Consummation of the Plan Date.

24.       Payment of Certain Fees . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(12) is satisfied because, pursuant to Section 5.14 of the Modified Plan, all fees payable under 28 U.S.C. § 1930 have been paid or shall be paid on or before the Effective Date.

25.       Continuation of Retirement Benefits . As to each Debtor, § 1129(a)(13) is inapplicable because the Debtors have no retirees.

26.       Only One Plan . For each Debtor, the Modified Plan is the only plan of reorganization of the Debtors pending before this Bankruptcy Court or any other court.

27.       No Tax Avoidance . The primary purpose of the Modified Plan is not the avoidance of taxes or the application of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


28. Assumed Executory Contracts and Unexpired Leases; Cure Amounts . Each executory contract and unexpired lease of the Debtors that is listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts is being assumed by the Debtors and assigned to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Modified Plan. For each such contract and lease identified on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts and in the Operations Transfer Agreement, either (i) there have been no defaults under such executory contract or unexpired lease, other than defaults of the nature set forth in § 365(b)(2) or (ii) with respect to defaults other than those specified in such Section, the Debtors (a) have cured, or provided adequate assurance that the Debtors will cure, such defaults on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, and (b) have compensated, or provided adequate assurance that the Debtors will compensate, on or as soon as practicable after the Effective Date, parties to such executory contracts or unexpired leases for any actual pecuniary loss resulting from such default. The evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing (i) was persuasive and credible, (ii) has not been controverted by other evidence, and (iii) demonstrated that the Purchaser (or its corresponding designees) will be able to perform its obligations under each contract and lease identified on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts and in the Operations Transfer Agreement on and after the Effective Date. To the extent cure amounts remain owing in respect of any of the executory contracts and unexpired leases assumed pursuant to the Modified Plan, such cure amounts shall be those cure amounts previously approved by the Bankruptcy Court There are no “cure” amounts required to be paid by the Debtors or other defaults required to be cured by the Debtors in connection with the assumption of the executory contracts and unexpired leases listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts except for the amounts identified for “cure” in the Order Setting Cure Amounts for Executory Contracts and


Unexpired Leases , entered July 25, 2007. In the exercise of their reasonable business judgment, the Debtors have determined to reject all executory contracts and unexpired leases that are not (i) not listed on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts or (ii) otherwise made the subject of a motion to assume and assign such contracts or leases pursuant to §365 Filed on or before the Confirmation Date shall be deemed rejected by the corresponding Debtors; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to the assumption and assignment of the Omega Lease, which is dealt with in the following paragraph; and provided further , that the Debtors shall remain in possession of their corporate headquarters at 800 West Arbrook, Arlington, Texas through August 31, 2007.

29. Rejection of Rosin Leases; Release . In consideration of the agreement by El Paso/Coronado, Inc., Continental HC of Texville, LLC, Palestine Associates Ltd. Co., Continental HC of Tyler, LLC (collectively, the “ Rosin Lessors ”) to waive any and all Claims for damages arising from the rejection of their respective real property leases, on the Effective Date, the Debtors shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date the Rosin Lessors from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action (including Chapter 5 Causes of Action) and any liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or at any time prior to the Petition Date in any way relating to the Debtors. 

30. Assumption and Assignment of Omega Lease . On the Effective Date, the SMSA II Debtors shall assume and assign to the Purchaser (or its corresponding designees) all of their


respective rights and obligations in and to the Omega Lease. As to each applicable Debtor, § 365 is satisfied because the proposed assumption and assignment of the Omega Lease complies with all applicable provisions of §§ 365.

(a)       Cure . As to each applicable Debtor, § 365(b)(1)(A) is satisfied by the payment of $409,623.04 to the Omega Lessor as set forth in the following table. This amount includes the Omega Lessor’s reasonable fees and expenses, including legal fees, but specifically excludes any amount relating to the payment of additional “insurance rent” pursuant to Section 13.2 of the Omega Lease. Pursuant to this Court’s rulings in its Order , dated July 19, 2007 (the “ Omega Order ”), the Debtors are not required to cure any default relating to the payment of such “insurance rent.”

Summary of Omega Cure Costs

         

 Amount

Late fees & interest on base rent as of the Petition Date        

 25,160.33

   
Late fees charged by Omega on overdue property taxes        

15,106.83

Overdue 2006 property taxes (base amount)        

592,492.51

Penalties & interest on 2006 property taxes -        

112,573.58

Legal fees (includes DIP)        

293,624.79

   less application of security deposit (3)        

(437,399.00)

   
   less refund of 2007 insurance penalty rent payments        

(191,936.00)

   
Total due          

$409,623.04

(b)       Actual Pecuniary Losses . As to each applicable Debtor, § 365(b)(1)(B) is not applicable because, excluding the amounts paid pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the Omega Lessor has incurred no other actual pecuniary losses resulting from defaults under the Omega Lease. 

(c)       Adequate Assurance of Future Performance . As to each applicable Debtor, §§ 365(b)(1)(C) and (f)(2)(b) are satisfied. The evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing, (i) was persuasive and credible, (ii) has not been controverted by other evidence, and (iii) provided adequate assurance that the Purchaser will be able to perform its obligations under the Omega Lease on and after the Effective Date.

(d)       Deposit or Other Security . As to each applicable Debtor, § 365(l) is satisfied by the Purchaser’s agreement with the Omega Lessor, as evidenced in the Plan Documents, to provide the Omega Lessor with all Transaction Documents as required under and defined in the Omega Lease and a letter of credit in the amount required to fully fund the deposit required under the Omega Lease. The Omega Lessor’s letters of credit securing the Debtors’ obligations under the Omega Lease are not property


of the Estates, and the automatic stay shall not prevent the Omega Lessor from drawing down on any such letter of credit.

31. Releases and Indemnifications . The provisions of the Modified Plan and other provisions in the Confirmation Order dealing with releases, injunctions and indemnification, including Articles X and XII and Section 7.9 of the Modified Plan, are in the best interests of the Debtors and all Creditors and Interest holders. 

32. Good Faith Solicitation . Based upon the record before the Bankruptcy Court, the Debtors, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, members, agents, advisors, affiliates, underwriters or investment bankers, and any other professional persons employed by any of them (the “ Exculpated Persons ”) have acted in good faith in connection with and relating to the formulation, negotiation, solicitation, implementation, confirmation and consummation of the Modified Plan, the Disclosure Statement and any Plan Documents, and have acted in compliance with the applicable provisions of the Bankruptcy Code and are entitled to the protections afforded by § 1125(e) and the exculpatory and injunctive provisions of the Modified Plan (to the extent provided therein). 

33. Retention of Jurisdiction . The Bankruptcy Court may properly retain jurisdiction over the matters set forth in Section 13.1 of the Modified Plan. 

34. Approval of Sale of Acquired Assets . The sale and issuance of the Acquired Assets to the Diversicare Parties, as Purchaser, is hereby approved as being in the best interests of the Debtors, their estates and Creditors. The Operations Transfer Agreement is approved in all respects, and the Debtors are authorized and directed to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Operations Transfer Agreement.


 

35. Approval of Terms of Post Confirmation Credit Facility . The terms of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility have been provided to the Court, including without limitation the $2,200,000 maximum principal amount of the facility, the maturity date, the interest rate, the conditions to the facility, the security interests and liens to be granted in connection with the facility, the uses of proceeds of the facility, the covenants of the Debtors and the Plan Agent/Trustee given in connection with the facility, and the collection procedures related to accounts securing the facility. The evidence proffered or adduced at the Confirmation Hearing (i) was persuasive and credible, (ii) was not controverted by other evidence, and (iii) established that obtaining the Post Confirmation Credit Facility was necessary in order to consummate the Modified Plan, that the terms of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility were negotiated at arms-length, in good faith, and are reasonable under the circumstances, that credit was not available to the Debtors or the Liquidating Trust on an unsecured basis, that the terms of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility are consistent with the terms of the Modified Plan, that all creditors and parties in interest of the Debtors received adequate and appropriate notice of the transactions contemplated by, and terms of, the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, and that entry of the Post Petition Credit Facility is in the best interests of all parties in interest. Diversicare Leasing Corp is hereby determined to be the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender, and the Post Confirmation Credit Facility is authorized under §§ 1123 and 105. Any sums advanced by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender will be extensions of credit in good faith, which should not be overturned regardless of the existence of any appeal of this Confirmation Order.


 

FINDING THAT THE MODIFIED PLAN IS CONFIRMABLE BASED UPON, AMONG OTHER THINGS, ALL OF THE ABOVE-STATED FINDINGS OF FACT AND CONCLUSIONS OF LAW, AND GOOD CAUSE APPEARING THEREFOR, THE BANKRUPTCY COURT HEREBY ORDERS THAT:

1. Confirmation . As to each Debtor, the Modified Plan and each of its provisions are hereby confirmed pursuant to § 1129. 

2. Provisions of Plan and Order are Nonseverable and Mutually Dependent . The provisions of the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order, including the findings of facts and conclusions of law set forth herein, are nonseverable and mutually dependent. 

3. Objections Overruled . All objections and responses to, and statements and comments in opposition to, the Modified Plan, other than those withdrawn with prejudice in their entirety prior to, or on the record at, the Confirmation Hearing, or resolved as set forth herein, are hereby expressly overruled in their entirety.

4.       Treatment of Certain Miscellaneous Secured Claims .

(a)      Pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Modified Plan, in satisfaction of its Miscellaneous Secured Claim, DaimlerChrysler Financial Services Americas, L.L.C. shall either (i) be paid in full from the proceeds of the sale of certain vehicles (VIN 1FBSS31L03HA34074, 2B5WB35Z22K126450, 2B5W35Z21K554467, 2B5WB35Z32K119412, 2B5WB35ZX1K540722, 1FBSS31LX4HA21270, 1FBSS31L54HA16574, 1FBSS31L34HA21269, 1FBSS31L44HA28702, 1GD6KD57-987U150569) or (ii) shall receive the vehicles (VIN 3D7MU4-8C54G140113, 134GW58N84C276824, 1GNEK13Z85R269597) securing such Claim, which vehicles shall be, and hereby is, abandoned by the Debtors pursuant to § 554(a), and the automatic stay shall terminate as to such vehicles as of the earlier of the Effective Date or August 10, 2007. 

(b)      Pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Modified Plan, in satisfaction of its Miscellaneous Secured Claim, Ford Motor Credit Company LLC shall be paid in full from the proceeds of the sale of certain vehicles (VIN


 

1FBSS31L55HB14554, 1FBSS31L55HA91450). A third vehicle (VIN 1FBSS31LX5HA95659) shall not be abandoned, but shall be the subject of a separate motion to terminate the automatic stay pursuant to § 362.

(c)      Pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Modified Plan, in satisfaction of its Miscellaneous Secured Claim, Land Rover Capital Group shall receive the vehicle (VIN SALMF13416A228914) securing such Claim, which vehicle shall be, and hereby is, abandoned by the Debtors pursuant to §554(a), and the automatic stay shall terminate as to such vehicle as of the earlier of the Effective Date or August 10, 2007. 

(d)      Pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Modified Plan, in satisfaction of its Miscellaneous Secured Claim, PlainsCapital Bank shall be paid in full from the proceeds of the sale of Acquired Assets.

5. Preservation of Certain Recoupment Rights . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order to the contrary, nothing herein shall affect the rights of Federal Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) and Texas Medicaid authorities (including the Texas Health & Human Services Commission (HHSC) and the Texas Dept of Aging and Disability Services (DADS) from exercising their rights pursuant to applicable laws, statutes and regulations to impose a “vendor hold” on any/all medicaid funds payable to any/all of Debtor’s facilities or former facilities to which a change of ownership (CHOW) is being sought or has been sought and to further exercise their respective rights of recoupment. The Debtors and Plan Agent shall retain their rights to exhaust administrative remedies to contest the dollar amount of any recoupment effectuated or to contest said amounts before the Bankruptcy Court, if the Bankruptcy Court has jurisdiction thereof. HHSC and DADS reserve the right to contest the exercise of the Bankruptcy Court’s jurisdiction over any disputed recoupment amount and to argue in favor of having any such matter heard before the administrative tribunal that regularly adjudicates such issues. Nothing in the Modified Plan or


the Confirmation Order shall act as a waiver to compliance with all applicable state laws and regulations regarding the administrative/regulatory change of ownership process.

6. General Authorizations; Plan Modifications . The Debtors, Plan Agent, the Trustee, the Liquidating Trust, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee and their respective directors, officers, agents and attorneys are hereby authorized, empowered and directed, subject to the conditions set forth in the Modified Plan and the right to modify the Modified Plan in accordance with Section 13.5 of the Modified Plan, to carry out the provisions of the Modified Plan, and to enter into, execute, deliver, file and/or perform the terms of the Plan Documents and any other agreements, instruments and documents related thereto, and any amendments, supplements or modifications to such Plan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, and to take such other steps and perform such other acts as may be necessary or appropriate to implement and effectuate the Modified Plan, the Plan Documents or this Confirmation Order, and to satisfy all other conditions precedent to the implementation and effectiveness of the Modified Plan and to consummate the Modified Plan. 

7. Plan Documents Approved . The Debtors, the Plan Agent and the Trustee are hereby authorized and directed to take all actions necessary to execute and deliver all Plan Documents issued or entered into pursuant to the Modified Plan, including, without limitation, (i) the Post Confirmation Financing Documents, (ii) Operations Transfer Agreement, (iii) Trust Agreement, and (iv) any agreement entered into or instrument issued in connection with any of the foregoing or any other Plan Document. Each of the Plan Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms.


 

8. Discharge of Claims . Any Post Confirmation Debtor and corresponding Debtor that completes a reverse merger of the type described in Article VI of the Modified Plan and timely files its Certificate of Completion prior to the corresponding Consummation of the Plan Date shall, upon Filing such Certificate of Completion, be discharged from any debt that arose before the Confirmation Date, and any debt of the kind specified in §§ 502(g), 502(h) or 502(i) , whether or not a proof of Claim is Filed or is deemed Filed, whether or not such Claim is an Allowed Claim, and whether or not the holder or such Claim has voted on the Modified Plan.

9. Binding Effect . As of the Effective Date, the provisions of the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order shall be binding on, and enforceable by and against, the Debtors, the Plan Agent, the Purchaser, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender, the DIP Lender, the Omega Lessor, and all Creditors and Interest holders, including their successors and assigns, whether or not they voted to accept the Modified Plan.
 

10. Vesting of Assets . Unless otherwise dealt with under the Modified Plan, the property of each Debtors’ Estates, including all property of the estate under § 541 and all accounts receivable and Causes of Action belonging to any Debtor, but excluding the Acquired Assets and the Transition Assets, shall vest in the Trustee on the Effective Date for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the Liquidating Trust (such property when vested in the Liquidating Trust, the “ Trust Property ”). From and after the Effective Date, the Plan Agent and Trustee may operate the Liquidating Trust pursuant to the terms of the Modified Plan and the Trust Agreement, and may use, acquire, pledge and dispose of property free of any restrictions imposed under the Bankruptcy Code. The Plan Agent and Trustee are hereby granted all power


and authority to convey, pledge, transfer and assign any and all Trust Property and to take all actions necessary to effectuate same. As of the Effective Date, all Trust Property shall be free and clear of all liens, claims and interests of holders of Claims and Equity Interests, except as provided in the Modified Plan. On the Effective Date, the Transition Assets of each Debtor’s Estate shall vest in the corresponding Target Debtor.

11. Authorization to Pay Obligations Under the DIP Facility . The Debtors shall be, and hereby are, authorized and directed, on the Effective Date, to pay in full in Cash to the DIP Lender, Cash in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount owing under the DIP Facility on the Effective Date, (ii) all interest accruing thereon in accordance with the DIP Facility and (iii) all fees and other charges relating thereto and property due and owing in accordance with the DIP Facility. 

12. Authorization to Take Acts Necessary to Enter into the Post Confirmation Credit Facility . As of the Confirmation Date, the Liquidating Trust and the Plan Agent shall be, and hereby are, authorized and directed to enter into the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, and to take such actions and to perform such acts as may be necessary or appropriate to implement the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, including a Loan and Security Agreement, promissory note, UCC-1 financing statements and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto and annexes, exhibits and schedules appended thereto, including one or more agreements governing the collection and application of certain accounts and other collateral securing the Post Confirmation Credit Facility (together with the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, the “ Post Confirmation Financing Documents ”), pursuant to which Diversicare Leasing Corp., an affiliate of the Purchaser (the “ Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender ”), shall provide a secured line of


credit to the Liquidating Trust in an amount not to exceed $2,200,000.00 on the terms and conditions set forth in the Post Confirmation Financing Documents, and the obligations thereunder shall constitute legal, valid, binding and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms, and shall create the security interests purported to be created thereby. Each of the Debtors, the Liquidating Trust, the Trustee and the Plan Agent shall be, and hereby are, authorized to do or perform all acts, to make, execute and deliver all instruments and documents and to pay all fees, expenses and other amounts required to be paid under the Post Confirmation Credit Facility and that may be required or necessary for the Trustee’s performance under the Post Confirmation Financing Documents.

13. Implementation of Plan . Pursuant to § 1142(b), the parties to the Plan Documents, subject to the satisfaction or due waiver of each of the conditions precedent to each such Plan Document and except as otherwise contemplated by Article XI of the Modified Plan, are hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver the Plan Documents and to take such other actions as shall be necessary to permit the Modified Plan to take effect and be consummated, including, without limitation, (i) the Post Confirmation Financing Documents, (ii) Operations Transfer Agreement, (iii) Trust Agreement, and (iv) any agreement entered into or instrument issued in connection with any of the foregoing or any other Plan Document. The Debtors, the Plan Agent, the Liquidating Trust, the Creditors Committee and the Executive Committee shall have the right, to the fullest extent permitted under § 1142, to apply to this Court for an order (a) modifying the effect of any otherwise applicable non-bankruptcy law or (b) directing any Entity to execute and deliver any instrument or to perform any other act necessary to effectuate the Modified Plan, subject to, and as contemplated by, Article XI of the


Modified Plan; provided, however, that (without the consent of the affected party or parties) no such order shall modify or impair any right, title, interest, privilege or remedy expressly provided or reserved for under the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order.

14.       Compromise and Settlement Agreements . The Debtors, the Liquidating Trust and the Plan Agent are hereby authorized and directed to do or perform all acts, and to make, execute and deliver all instruments and documents that may be required or necessary for their respective performance under the Settlement described in Article II of the Modified Plan.

15.       Approval of Sale of Acquired Assets .

(a)      The sale of the Acquired Assets to the Purchaser is hereby approved on the terms set forth in the Operations Transfer Agreement and the documents to be executed in connection therewith. 

(b)      The Successful Bid of the Diversicare Parties is hereby approved as a Qualifying Bid and designated the Successful Bid in all respects, and the proposed sale of the Acquired Assets to the Diversicare Parties as Purchaser under the Modified Plan is hereby approved and authorized pursuant to § 363(b). 

(c)      The terms of the Successful Bid constitute the higher and better offer for the purchase and sale of the Acquired Assets described therein. 

(d)      The applicable Debtors are authorized and empowered to execute, deliver and perform the Operations Transfer Agreement and all other agreements and documents contemplated therein, and to sell and deliver all of their respective rights, title and interests in and to the Acquired Assets to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Successful Bid. 

(e)      Pursuant to § 105(a) and 363(f), the sale of the Acquired Assets shall be free and clear of all claims, interests, mortgages, security interests, conditional sale or other title retention agreements, pledges, liens, judgments, demands, encumbrances or charges of any kind or nature (collectively, the “ Liens ”), with all such Liens to attach to the proceeds of the sale of the Acquired Assets in the order of their priority, and with the same validity, priority, force and effect which they now have as against the Acquired Assets; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be an acknowledgement or consent by the Debtors or


the Committee as to the amount, priority or allowance of any claim or the validity, force and effect, or immunity from avoidance, of any Lien, except to the extent such matters have been previously stipulated to by the Debtors or the Committee or otherwise ordered by the Court.

(f)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, outstanding and unpaid ad valorem property taxes for the 2006 tax year and earlier on both real and personal property being conveyed pursuant to the sale of Acquired Assets will be paid on the Effective Date from the gross proceeds of the sale along with prepetition penalties and interest, if any, as well as postpetition interest if authorized by the Bankruptcy Code (the “ Property Taxes ”). Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the ad valorem property tax liens for the 2007 tax year are hereby expressly preserved against the corresponding Acquired Assets and shall remain attached to the corresponding Acquired Assets until payment of the 2007 taxes by the Purchaser in the ordinary course. 

(g)      Except as set forth herein, upon and after the Effective Date, all persons or entities holding Liens with respect to the Acquired Assets shall be, and they hereby are, forever barred from asserting such Liens against such Acquired Assets or the Purchaser, its successors and assigns. 

(h)      The Debtors are authorized and empowered to execute and deliver such documents, take or perform such acts, and do such other things as may be necessary to effectuate the terms of the Successful Bid and the Operations Transfer Agreement, all transactions described therein and this Confirmation Order, including the assumption and assignment of the Omega Lease to the Purchaser. 

(i)      This Confirmation Order is and shall be binding upon all filing agents, filing officers, public and private registrars of URL’s, domain names and trademarks, administrative agencies, governmental departments, secretaries of state, federal, state, and local officials, and all other persons and entities who may be required by operation of law, the duties of their office, or contract, to accept, file, register or otherwise record or release any documents or instruments related to the Acquired Assets. 

(j)      The failure specifically to include any particular provision of the Successful Bid or the Operations Transfer Agreement in this Confirmation Order shall not diminish or impair the efficacy of such provision, it being the intent of the Bankruptcy Court that the Successful Bid be approved in its entirety.


(k)      To the extent there is a conflict between the provisions of the Successful Bid, on the one hand, and the Confirmation Order, on the other hand, the provisions of the Confirmation Order shall control. 

(l)      None of the Diversicare Parties, nor any affiliate of the Diversicare Parties, is or shall be deemed a successor in interest to any of the Debtors. None of the Diversicare Parties, nor any affiliate of the Diversicare Parties, shall be liable for any liabilities, torts, or other debts of the Debtors, other than any liabilities expressly assumed under the Operations Transfer Agreement . Without in any way limiting the foregoing, none of the Diversicare Parties, nor any affiliate of the Diversicare Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility for any damages arising from any negligent act, tort or act of malpractice occurring before the date of closing of the Operations Transfer Agreement. All creditors and other parties in interest of the Debtors, including residents in any of the facilities operated by the Debtors, are hereby permanently enjoined from pursuing any claim or action against any of the Diversicare Parties for any liability not expressly assumed by the Diversicare Parties under the Operations Transfer Agreement. 

(m)      The sale of the Acquired Assets to the Purchaser pursuant to the Successful Bid shall constitute a transfer for reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration under the Bankruptcy Code and the laws of all applicable jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the laws of the State of Texas. 

(n)      The Purchaser is hereby granted all of the protections provided to a good-faith purchaser under § 363(m) and a good-faith creditor under § 364(e).

16.       Post Confirmation Credit Facility . The Post Confirmation Credit Facility is hereby authorized and approved in all respects. The security interests and Liens granted to secure the obligations to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender under the Post Confirmation Financing Documents shall constitute, as of the Effective Date, legal, valid and duly perfected first-priority liens and security interests in and to the Collateral specified therein (the “ Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral ”), subject only, where applicable, to the permitted Liens and encumbrances specifically consented to by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender in the Post Confirmation Financing Documents. The Post Confirmation Credit


Facility Lender’s security interest in the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral shall attached to the Collateral without the necessity of any further action on the part of the lender, the Debtors, the Plan Agent or the Trustee of the Liquidating Trust and shall be perfected by operation of law upon entry of this Confirmation Order. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender, the Debtors, the Plan Agent or the Trustee of the Liquidating Trust shall execute and file with the appropriate authorities financing statements to further evidence the lender’s security interest in the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral.

17. Post Confirmation Credit Facility; Priority and Implementation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any other provision of the Modified Plan, the Confirmation Order or any Plan Document, any and all Liens and security interests in the assets comprising the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral granted by the Liquidating Trust to any person or entity other than the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender pursuant to the Modified Plan and/or the Confirmation Order or at any time thereafter shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to the Liens and/or security interests in the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral granted to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender pursuant to the Modified Plan, this Confirmation Order and the Plan Documents. The intended parties to the Post Confirmation Financing Documents are hereby authorized to take any such actions as shall be necessary to carry out the intents and purposes of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, the Modified Plan, the Post Confirmation Financing Documents, this Confirmation Order or any Plan Document. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city or Governmental Unit in which any instrument furthering an interest in the Post Confirmation


Credit Facility Collateral is to be recorded, is hereby ordered and directed to accept a copy of this Confirmation Order as evidence of the rights, interests and priorities set forth herein.

18. The Debtors, the Post Confirmation Debtors and any other successors to any of the Debtors, the Plan Agent and the Trustee of the Liquidating Trust are herby authorized and directed to immediately deliver to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender any proceeds received from the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral and to take any and all further action reasonably required to allow the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender to realize value on or collect any of the Post Confirmation Credit Collateral, including without limitation providing the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender with reasonable access to all books and records related to the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral and conferring with the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender prior to compromising or settling any claim of offset or recoupment against any of the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Collateral.

19. So long as any amount remains due and owing to Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender on the Post Confirmation Credit Facility, then Trustee/Plan Agent shall make no Distributions to Creditors under the Modified Plan other than those expressly authorized by the Post Confirmation Financing Documents. 

20. Plan Agent . Bridge Associates, LLC (“ Bridge ”) shall be, and hereby is, designated as the Plan Agent effective as of the Confirmation Date, and shall serve as Trustee of the Liquidating Trust. All officers and directors of the Debtors as of the Confirmation Date (except for the Chief Restructuring Officer) shall be, and hereby are, deemed to have resigned as officers and directors of each Debtor as of the Effective Date. The Plan Agent and the Trustee shall each be entitled to reimbursement by the Liquidating Trust of their reasonable and


necessary expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred in carrying out their respective duties under the Modified Plan without further motion, application, notice, hearing or other order of the Bankruptcy Court upon approval by a majority of the Executive Committee members. The Trustee shall have all powers enumerated in the Trust Agreement, including the authority to borrow money in its capacity as Trustee for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the Liquidating Trust. The Plan Agent shall make all Distributions as and when provided for under the Modified Plan. The Plan Agent shall serve without bond and shall receive no other fee for its services other than its fees earned as Plan Agent. The Plan Agent and the Trustee have agreed that their respective fees (excluding legal fees and other expenses) on a blended rate will not exceed $250.00 per hour.

21. Claims Resolution Escrow Account . In lieu of the Claims Resolution Escrow Account described in the First Amended Plan and the Modified Plan, all payments and other Distributions otherwise to have been made from the Claims Resolution Escrow Account shall be paid from the Trust Property.

22. Executive Committee . Thomas A. Cook, Julie Moore and Carol Scontras shall be, and hereby are, designated as the Executive Committee effective as of the Confirmation Date.. The Executive Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable and necessary expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred in carrying out its duties under the Modified Plan without further motion, application, notice, hearing or other order of the Bankruptcy Court upon approval by the Plan Agent. Such compensation (including fees and reasonable and necessary expenses) shall be reimbursed from the Liquidation Trust. The Executive Committee shall serve without bond and shall receive no other fee for its services.


23. Creditors Committee . Except with respect of any appeal of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases, and any matters related to any proposed modification of the Modified Plan, the Creditors Committee shall be discharged on the Effective Date and the members, employees, agents, affiliates, advisors, and representatives shall thereupon be discharged and relieved of all duties and obligations as more fully set forth in Section 10.3 of the Modified Plan.

24. Deposit Accounts . All accounts (and the contents thereof) shall be, and hereby are, transferred to “Bridge Associates, LLC, as trustee for the SMSA Creditors’ Trust.” From and after the Confirmation Date, the sole signatories on such accounts shall be Louis E. Robichaux IV and such other persons as designated by the Trustee of the Liquidating Trust.

25. Disbursements . On the Effective Date and at appropriate intervals thereafter, the Plan Agent shall make the Distributions to holders of Allowed Claims as provided under the terms of the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order.

26. Unexpired Leases and Executory Contracts . As provided in, and subject to, Article IX of the Modified Plan, on the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases listed both on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts and in the Operations Transfer Agreement shall be, and hereby are, assumed by the corresponding Debtors and assigned to the Purchaser (or its corresponding designee). On the Effective Date, all executory contracts and unexpired leases that are not (i) listed both on the Schedule of Assumed Contracts and in the Operations Transfer Agreement or (ii) otherwise made the subject of a motion to assume and assign such contracts or leases pursuant to §365 Filed on or before the Confirmation Date shall be deemed rejected by the corresponding Debtors; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to the assumption and assignment of the Omega Lease, which is dealt with in the


 

following paragraph; and provided further , that the Debtors shall remain in possession of their corporate headquarters at 800 West Arbrook, Arlington, Texas through August 31, 2007. All executory contracts between any Debtor and PharMerica, Inc. shall be deemed terminated as of 12:01 am on the first day following the Effective Date, unless previously terminated.

27.       Assumption and Assignment of Omega Lease . On the Effective Date, the Omega Lease shall be, and hereby is, assumed by the corresponding Debtors and assigned to the Purchaser (or its corresponding designees). In connection with the assumption and assignment of the Master Lease, the Debtors shall pay to the Omega Lessor the sum of $409,623.04 as a cure of defaults pursuant to § 365(b)(1)(A). The assumption and assignment of the Omega Lease to the Purchaser shall be valid and binding regardless of any appeal or reconsideration of the Order entered on July 20, 2007 regarding the obligations of the Debtors under the Omega Lease and irrespective of any other matter that may become before this Court related to the obligations of the Debtors under the Omega Lease.

28.       Issuance of Plan Shares; Reverse Merger .

(a)      As provided in the Modified Plan, other than HFG, Class 4 Claims which are entitled to receive Plan Shares of the Target Debtors issued pursuant to the Modified Plan are hereby enjoined from selling or otherwise trading their claims and are enjoined from selling or otherwise trading the Plan Shares when received until the completion of that Target Debtor’s reverse merger or reverse acquisition, as provided for in the Modified Plan. Provided, however, that if, upon the passing of the Consummation of the Plan Date as to a Post Confirmation Debtor, such Post Confirmation Debtor has not completed a transaction which will constitute Consummation of its Plan, then the Plan Shares issued in that Post Confirmation Debtor shall be deemed void and canceled, the injunction issued herein with respect to asserting the claims against that specific Post Confirmation Debtor shall be deemed canceled and the discharge provided under § 1141(d)(1) the Modified Plan will not be granted or made effective with respect to that specific Post Confirmation Debtor.


(b)      Timothy P. Halter, as the sole officer and director, or as applicable its sole manager or general partner, of each of the Target Debtors, is hereby authorized to execute any necessary documents to meet the statutory requirements for filing the necessary papers with the states of Texas, Nevada and Delaware to effectuate the terms of the Modified Plan. 

(c)      If a Target Debtor, in meeting its requirement to file a certificate of completion of a reverse merger or acquisition with in the time frames required by its Consummation of the Plan Date, as set forth in the Modified Plan, files such certificate after a final decree is entered and this case is closed, then such filing of the required certificate shall be deemed to be an allowed reopening of this case, pursuant to § 350(b) and Bankruptcy Rule 5010 that is related to that Target Debtor’s discharge and as such no fee will be required for filing the certificate of completion of a reverse merger or acquisition under 28 U.S.C. 1930(b). 

(d)      Commencing on the Effective Date, and subject to the terms of the Modified Plan and this Confirmation Order, the Trust and the Target Debtors may deal with these assets and property and conduct their business without any supervision by, or permission from, the Court or the office of the United States Trustee, and free of any restriction imposed on the Debtors by the Bankruptcy Code or by the Court during the Cases.

29.       Professional Compensation and Reimbursement Claims . All Professionals and Creditors’ Committee members requesting payment of fees or reimbursement of expenses for services rendered before the Effective Date, including the Plan Agent, shall File and serve on counsel for the Debtors, the Plan Agent, counsel for the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, as applicable, and the United States Trustee an application for final allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses no later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date. Any objection to the application of a Professional for payment of fees and reimbursement of expenses must be Filed and served on counsel for the Debtors, the Plan Agent, counsel for the Executive Committee, as applicable, the United States Trustee and the Professional to whose fee application the objection is addressed.


30. Late-Filed Claims . Unless arising from a Chapter 5 Cause of Action, any new or amended proof of claim Filed after the Confirmation Date shall be of no further force and effect and, as of the Effective Date, shall be deemed Disallowed in full and expunged without any action by the Debtors, the Plan Agent, the Creditors Committee or the Executive Committee.

31. No Waiver . Neither the entry of this Confirmation Order, the execution of any of the documents required or contemplated hereunder or by the Modified Plan, nor any other action or inaction by the Debtors, the Plan Agent, any Creditor or any other party in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases (including, without limitation, the failure of the Debtors, the Plan Agent, the Creditors Committee and/or the Executive Committee to object to any proof of Claim) shall constitute a waiver, estoppel, res judicata, release, relinquishment, abandonment or any other abrogation of any objection, defense, offset or counterclaim with respect to any Disputed Claim asserted against the Debtors. 

32. Cancellation of Debt Instruments and Securities . On the Effective Date, the DIP Facility, the Old Equity Interests and any options, warrants, calls, subscriptions, or other similar rights or other agreements or commitments, contractual or otherwise, obligating any Debtor to issue, transfer, or sell any shares of Old Equity Interests, shall be canceled and the holders thereof shall have no rights by reason thereof, and such instruments shall evidence no rights, except the right to receive the Distributions, if any, to be made to holders of such instruments under the Modified Plan. 

33. Release of Liens . Except as otherwise provided in the Modified Plan, any Plan Document or the Confirmation Order: (a) each holder of a Miscellaneous Secured Claim, a Secured Claim, or a judgment, including the Omega Lessor and the DIP Lender, shall on the


 

Effective Date (x) turn over and release to the Plan Agent any and all Collateral that secures or purportedly secures such Claim, as they pertain to the properties currently owned or leased by one or more Debtors or such Lien shall automatically, and without further action by any Debtor or the Plan Agent, be deemed released, and (y) execute such documents and instruments as the Debtors or the Plan Agent may request to evidence such Claim holder’s release of such property or Lien; and (b) on the Effective Date, all right, title and interest in any and all property of each SMSA II Debtor’s Estate actually acquired by the Purchaser or retained by the Reorganized Debtors shall revert or be transferred to the Purchaser or the Reorganized Debtors, as applicable, in each case free and clear of all Claims and Interests, including, without limitation, Liens, escrows, charges, pledges, encumbrances and/or security interests of any kind. No Distribution hereunder shall be made to or on behalf of any Creditor asserting a Lien on property of a Debtor unless and until such Creditor executes and delivers to applicable Debtor or the Plan Agent such release of Liens or otherwise turns over and releases such Cash, pledge, or other possessory Lien. Any such holder that fails to execute and deliver such release of Liens within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date shall be deemed to have no further Claim against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors or their assets or property in respect of such Claim and shall not participate in any Distribution hereunder. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, any holder of a Disputed Claim shall not be required to execute and deliver such release until such time as the holder’s Claim is Allowed or Disallowed.

34. Causes of Action . Pursuant to § 1123(b)(3), as of the Effective Date, the Plan Agent is the representative of each Debtor’s Estate and shall retain and have the exclusive right to enforce against any Entity any and all Claims and Causes of Action (including Chapter 5


Causes of Action) that otherwise belong to a Debtor and arose before the Effective Date, including all Causes of Action of a trustee and debtor-in-possession under the Bankruptcy Code, other than those expressly released or compromised as part of or pursuant to the Modified Plan or by other order of the Bankruptcy Court entered prior to the Effective Date, shall become assets of the Liquidating Trust. The Plan Agent shall retain and have the exclusive right to enforce, pursue, compromise, settle or waive, in its discretion, all such Claims and Causes of Action. The Causes of Action retained hereby include, without limitation, all Claims and Causes of Action listed on Appendix 3 to the Disclosure Statement.

35. Counterclaims . The Liquidating Trust shall not be subject to any counterclaims with respect to any Causes of Action constituting Trust Assets, provided however, that Causes of Action constituting Trust Assets will be subject to any set-off rights to the same extent as if the Debtors themselves had pursued the Causes of Action.
 

36. Automatic Stay . The automatic stay in effect with respect to the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to § 362(a) shall continue to be in effect until the Effective Date. Upon the occurrence of the Effective Date, the automatic stay shall be dissolved and of no further force or effect, subject to the injunctions provided herein, in the Modified Plan and in the Bankruptcy Code.
 

37. Releases . The following releases (which are set forth in Sections 10.1 and 10.2 of the Modified Plan) are approved in their entirety and shall be fully enforceable on and after of the Effective Date.

(a)     Except as otherwise specifically provided by the Modified Plan, the Distributions and rights that are provided in the Modified Plan shall be in complete satisfaction and release, effective as of the Confirmation Date (but subject to the occurrence of the Effective Date) of (i) all Claims and


Causes of Action against, liabilities of, liens on, obligations of and Interests in each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor and the assets and properties of each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, whether known or unknown, and (ii) all Causes of Action (whether known or unknown, either directly or derivatively through any Debtor or Reorganized Debtor) against, Claims (as defined in § 101) against, liabilities (as guarantor of a Claim or otherwise) of, Liens on the direct or indirect assets and properties of, and obligations of successors and assigns of, each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor and its successors and assigns based on the same subject matter as any Claim or Interest or based on any act or omission, transaction or other activity or security, instrument or other agreement of any kind or nature occurring, arising or existing prior to the Effective Date that was or could have been the subject of any Claim or Interest, in each case regardless of whether a proof of Claim or Interest was Filed, whether or not Allowed and whether or not the holder of the Claim or Interest has voted on the Modified Plan.

(b)      Each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby is deemed to release unconditionally on such date every other Debtor and Reorganized Debtor from any and all Claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or prior to the Effective Date in any way relating to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, the Modified Plan or the Chapter 11 Cases, including without limitation, all Intercompany Claims, any and all claims for substantive consolidation with the SMSA II Debtors and any and all claims that the Liquidating Debtors and SMSA II Debtors compose a “single business enterprise.” 

(c)      Each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date (i) each present officer, director, employee, consultant, financial advisor, attorney, accountant and other representatives of the Debtors, (ii) the Entities serving on the Creditors Committee and, solely in their capacity as members or representatives of the Creditors Committee or the Executive Committee, each consultant, attorney, accountant or other representative or member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, and (iii) the DIP Lender and, solely in its capacity as representatives of the DIP Lender, each of the DIP Lender’s respective officers, directors, shareholders, partners, agents, employees, consultants, attorneys, accountants, advisors, affiliates and other representatives (the Entities specified in clauses (i) through (iii) are


 

referred to collectively as the “Released Parties”; provided, however, that neither Troy Clanton nor William Zimmerman is a Released Party for any purpose herein), from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or at any time from the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date in any way relating to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, the Chapter 11 Cases or the Modified Plan, except that no Released Party shall be released from acts or omissions which are the result of willful misconduct or fraud.

(d)      Each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date Troy Clanton from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence on or at any time from the Petition Date through and including the Effective Date in any way relating to the Chapter 11 Cases or the Modified Plan, except that Troy Clanton shall not be released from acts or omissions which are the result of willful misconduct or fraud. 

(e)      Each Debtor and Reorganized Debtor, on behalf of itself, shall be deemed to release unconditionally, and hereby are deemed to release unconditionally on such date Troy Clanton from any and all claims, obligations, suits, judgments, damages, rights, causes of action and liabilities whatsoever, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, existing or hereafter arising, in law, equity or otherwise, based in whole or in part upon or related to any act or omission, transaction, event or other occurrence taking place on or at any time prior to the Petition Date in any way relating to the Debtors or the Reorganized Debtors, provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to release Troy Clanton from his obligations under the Bankruptcy Court’s Order Granting Joint Motion Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 9019(a) to Approve Compromise of Controversy with Troy Clanton and Related Parties , entered August 1, 2007. 

(f)      Nothing contained in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order shall be deemed or construed to release or waive any claim that any third party may have against a non-Debtor as guarantor of a Claim otherwise released, waived, compromised or discharged pursuant to the Modified Plan or the Confirmation Order.


 

38. Injunction . Except as otherwise provided in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against or Interests in a Debtor are, with respect to any such Claims or Interests, permanently enjoined from and after the Confirmation Date from: (a) commencing, conducting or continuing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any suit, action or other proceeding of any kind (including, without limitation, any proceeding in a judicial, arbitral, administrative or other forum) against or affecting any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or direct or indirect successor in interest to, any Debtor, or any property of any such transferee or successor; (b) enforcing, levying, attaching (including, without limitation, any pre-judgment attachment), collecting or otherwise recovering by any manner or means, whether directly or indirectly, of any judgment, award, decree or order against any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or direct or indirect successor in interest to, any Debtor, or any property of any such transferee or successor; (c) creating, perfecting or otherwise enforcing in any manner, directly or indirectly, any encumbrance of any kind against any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or successor in interest to, any of the foregoing Entities; (d) asserting any right of setoff,


 

subrogation, or recoupment of any kind, directly or indirectly, against any obligation due to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Post Confirmation Debtor, the Creditors Committee, the Executive Committee, any member of the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, any of their professionals, any of their property, or any direct or indirect transferee of any property of, or successor in interest to, any Debtor; and (e) acting or proceeding in any manner, in any place whatsoever, that does not conform to or comply with the provisions of the Modified Plan. Furthermore, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Modified Plan, for the consideration described in the Modified Plan, as of the Effective Date, all Entities who have held, hold or may hold claims released pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Modified Plan, whether known or unknown, and their respective agents, attorneys and all others acting for or on their behalf, shall be permanently enjoined on and after the Effective Date, with respect to any claim released pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof, from (a) commencing or continuing in any manner, any action or other proceeding of any kind with respect to any claim against any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable, or the property of any of them; (b) seeking the enforcement, attachment, collection or recovery by any manner or means of any judgment, award, decree, or order against any Released Party or the property of any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable; (c) creating, perfecting or enforcing any encumbrance of any kind against any Released Party; (d) asserting any setoff, right of subrogation or recoupment of any kind against any obligation due to any Released Party or Troy Clanton, as applicable; and (e) taking any act, in any manner and in any place whatsoever, that does not conform to or comply with provisions of the Modified Plan. In the event that any Entity takes any action that is prohibited by, or is otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of Sections 10.1 or 12.3 of the Modified Plan, then, upon notice to the


Bankruptcy Court, the action or proceeding in which the claim of such Entity is asserted shall automatically be transferred to the Bankruptcy Court for enforcement of the provisions of Sections 10.1 or 12.3 of the Modified Plan. Nothing contained in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order shall be deemed or construed to enjoin any claim that any third party may have against a non-Debtor as guarantor of a Claim otherwise released, waived, compromised or discharged pursuant to the Modified Plan or the Confirmation Order.

39. Trading Injunction . Except as otherwise provided in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order, all Entities who have held, hold or may hold Claims against or Interests in a Debtor are, with respect to any such Claims or Interests, permanently enjoined from and after the Confirmation Date from: (a) transferring any Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claim against a Target Debtor from and after the Effective Date, until the Plan Shares as to the Post Confirmation Debtors are issued to holders of Allowed Class 4 General Unsecured Claims and, as applicable, Allowed Class 7 Subordinated Claims; and (b) subsequently transferring any Plan Shares of a Post Confirmation Debtor until such Post Confirmation Debtor has completed its reverse merger or acquisition. Any transfer made in violation of this injunction shall be void and unenforceable in all respects. 

40. Remedy for Violation of Injunction . Should an party violate any of the injunctions set forth in the preceding two paragraphs or in decretal paragraph 15(l), any Debtor or the Plan Agent (or the Purchaser, with respect to a violation of the injunction contained in decretal paragraph 15(l)) may provide written notice of such default to such violating party with copies of such notice to counsel for the Plan Agent and the Executive Committee. If such violation is not cured within ten (10) days from the date of such notice of default, any Debtor or


the Plan Agent (or the Purchaser, with respect to a violation of the injunction contained in decretal paragraph 15(l)) may present an ex parte order to the Bankruptcy Court setting a day and time when such party violating the relevant injunction must appear before the Bankruptcy Court and show cause why it should not be held in contempt of the Confirmation Order. If a party is found in contempt of the Confirmation Order, the Court shall assess the cost of the party proceeding on the show cause order against the defaulting party in an amount not less than $7,500 or such higher amount as may have been actually incurred, designate a party to appear and sign or accept the documents required under the Modified Plan on behalf of the defaulting party, and enter such other order as may be deemed necessary to compel such party’s compliance with the Confirmation Order.

41. Retention of Jurisdiction . Notwithstanding Confirmation of the Modified Plan, this Court retains exclusive jurisdiction over the Chapter 11 Cases pursuant to and for the purposes set forth in (a) §§ 105(a) and 1127, (b) Article 13.1 of the Modified Plan and (c) for such other purposes as may be necessary or useful to aid in the Confirmation and consummation of the Modified Plan and its implementation. 

42. Binding Effect of Plan Documents . The Plan Documents shall constitute legal, valid, binding and authorized obligations of the respective parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms and, to the extent applicable, shall create, as of the Effective Date, the security interests purported to be created thereby. 

43. Plan Implementation . All actions contemplated by the Modified Plan are hereby authorized and approved in all respects (subject to the provisions of the Modified Plan and the occurrence of the Effective Date), including, without limitation, all actions contemplated by


Article VI of the Modified Plan. All such actions, and any other actions described in the Modified Plan or this Confirmation Order that would otherwise require the consent or approval of the directors or shareholders of the Debtors shall be deemed to have been consented to or approved and shall be effective under applicable state law and the Bankruptcy Code, without any requirement of prior or further action by the shareholders or directors of the Debtors. The Chief Restructuring Officer, the Plan Agent and the Trustee are authorized and directed to execute and deliver and to perform the terms of the agreements, documents and instruments contemplated by the Modified Plan and the Disclosure Statement in the name of and on behalf of the Debtors and the Liquidating Trust, as applicable.

44. Termination of Creditors Committee . Except with respect to any appeal of an order in the Chapter 11 Cases, and any matters related to any proposed modification of the Modified Plan, on the Effective Date, the Creditors Committee shall be dissolved and the members, employees, agents, advisors, affiliates and representatives (including, without limitation, attorneys, financial advisors, and other Professionals) of each thereof shall thereupon be released from and discharged of and from all further authority, duties, responsibilities and obligations related to, arising from and in connection with or related to the Chapter 11 Cases. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive Committee (and its counsel) shall continue for the purpose of monitoring the implementation of the Modified Plan, administering the Claims objection and resolution process, monitoring the Distribution process with respect to Class 4, objecting to applications of Professionals for compensation and reimbursement and the pursuit and settlement of Chapter 5 Causes of Action until such time as the Executive Committee deems it appropriate by a majority vote to dissolve itself or all members of the Executive Committee


resign. All reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by counsel for the Executive Committee in performing the duties contemplated by the Modified Plan to be performed by the Executive Committee after the Effective Date shall be paid out of the Trust Property.

45. Exemption from Certain Taxes . Pursuant to § 1146(c), (a) the issuance, transfer or exchange of any securities, instruments or documents; (b) the creation of any other Lien, mortgage, deed of trust or other security interest; (c) the making or assignment of any lease or sublease or the making or delivery of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, pursuant to, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Modified Plan, including, without limitation, any deeds, bills of sale or assignments executed in connection with any of the transactions contemplated under the Modified Plan or the revesting, transfer or sale of any real or personal property of the Debtors pursuant to, in implementation of, or as contemplated in the Modified Plan, (d) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Operations Transfer Agreement, the Post Confirmation Credit Facility and any other Plan Documents, and (e) the issuance, renewal, modification or securing of indebtedness by such means, and the making, delivery or recording of any deed or other instrument of transfer under, in furtherance of, or in connection with, the Modified Plan, including, without limitation, the Confirmation Order, shall not be subject to any document recording tax, stamp tax, conveyance fee or other similar tax, mortgage tax, real estate transfer tax, mortgage recording tax or other similar tax or governmental assessment. Consistent with the foregoing, each recorder of deeds or similar official for any county, city or governmental unit in which any instrument hereunder is to be recorded shall, pursuant to the Confirmation Order, be ordered and directed to accept such


instrument, without requiring the payment of any filing fees, documentary stamp tax, deed stamps, stamp tax, transfer tax, intangible tax or similar tax.

46. Modification of the Modified Plan . After the entry of the Confirmation Order, the Debtors may upon order of the Bankruptcy Court, alter, amend or modify the Modified Plan in accordance with § 1127(b), or remedy any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Modified Plan in such manner as may be necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Modified Plan. After entry of the Confirmation Order, if the Operations Transfer Agreement is terminated by the SMSA II Debtors due to a breach thereof by the Purchaser, then the SMSA II Debtors shall have the right to alter, amend or modify the Modified Plan or remedy any defect or omission in the Modified Plan. 

47. References to Plan Provisions . The failure to reference or discuss any particular provision of the Modified Plan in this Confirmation Order shall have no effect on the validity, binding effect or enforceability of such provision and such provision shall have the same validity, binding effect and enforceability as every other provision of the Modified Plan. 

48. Reversal . If any or all of the provisions of this Confirmation Order are hereafter reversed, modified or vacated by subsequent order of this Court or any other court, such reversal, modification or vacatur shall not affect the validity of the acts or obligations incurred or undertaken under or in connection with the Modified Plan prior to the Debtors’ receipt of written notice of any such order, nor shall such reversal, modification or vacatur of this Confirmation Order affect the validity or enforceability of such act or obligation. Notwithstanding any such reversal, modification or vacatur of this Confirmation Order, any such act or obligation incurred or undertaken pursuant to, and in reliance on, this Confirmation Order prior to the effective date


of such reversal, modification or vacatur shall be governed in all respects by the provisions of this Confirmation Order and the Modified Plan and all documents, instruments and agreements related thereto or any amendments or modifications thereto.

49. Exculpation . The Exculpated Person shall neither have nor incur any liability to any Entity for any act taken or omission made in good faith in connection with or related to formulating, negotiating, implementing, confirming or consummating the Modified Plan, the Disclosure Statement or any Plan Document. The Exculpated Persons shall have no liability to any Debtor, Reorganized Debtor, Creditor, Interest holder, any other party in interest in the Chapter 11 Cases or any other Entity for actions taken or not taken under the Modified Plan, in connection herewith or with respect thereto, or arising out of their administration of the Modified Plan or the property to be distributed under the Modified Plan, in good faith, including, without limitation, failure to obtain Confirmation or to satisfy any condition or conditions, or refusal to waive any condition or conditions, to the occurrence of the Effective Date, and in all respects such Exculpated Persons shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of counsel with respect to their duties and responsibilities under the Modified Plan. 

50. Enforceability . Pursuant to §§ 1123(a) and 1142(a), the provisions of this Confirmation Order, the Modified Plan and the Plan Documents shall apply and be enforceable notwithstanding any otherwise applicable nonbankruptcy law. 

51. Substantial Consummation . The Modified Plan shall be deemed to be substantially consummated on the Effective Date. The findings of fact and conclusions of law contained herein shall not be binding on any party until the Effective Date. In the event the Effective Date does not occur, the Confirmation Order shall be considered null and void.


52. Notice of Entry of Confirmation Order . Pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020(c), on or before ten (10) days after the occurrence of the Effective Date, the Debtors shall serve notice of (i) entry of this Confirmation Order; (ii) the occurrence of the Effective Date; (iii) the deadline established in the Modified Plan for the Filing of Administrative Expenses, including those for Professionals’ fees and expenses; (iv) the deadline for Filing rejection damage Claims; (v) the deadline for Filing objections to Claims; and (v) such other matters that the Debtors deem appropriate as provided in Bankruptcy Rule 2002(f) and pursuant to the Modified Plan to all Creditors, Interest holders and other parties in interest, to be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, except to such parties who may be served by hand or facsimile or overnight courier, which service is hereby authorized. The foregoing notice shall constitute due and adequate notice of this Confirmation Order within the meaning of such Bankruptcy Rules.

53. Final Decree . As to each Debtor, as soon as practicable after the Modified Plan has been fully administered pursuant to Bankruptcy Rule 3020, the Plan Agent shall file either an application for a final decree or a post-Confirmation report explaining why an application for final decree is not appropriate. The Plan Agent may seek entry of a final decree as to a Debtor notwithstanding the pendency of the Consummation of the Plan Date as to such Debtor. 

54. Appeal . This Confirmation Order is a final order and is subject to immediate appeal. For good cause shown, neither this Confirmation Order nor the transactions approved herein shall be stayed pursuant to Bankruptcy Rules 3020(e), 6004(g) or 6006(d), and the terms of the Modified Plan and Confirmation Order may be consummated immediately upon entry of the Confirmation Order. Without limiting the foregoing, the Bankruptcy Court expressly orders that the consummation of the closing of the Operations Transfer Agreement and any advances of


 

money by the Post Confirmation Credit Facility Lender shall be valid and binding regardless of the pendency of any appeal of this Confirmation Order.

55. Controlling Provisions . In the event and to the extent that any provision of this Confirmation Order is determined to be inconsistent with any provision of the Modified Plan or any Plan Document or the Disclosure Statement, such provision of this Confirmation Order shall control and take precedence. In the event and to the extent that any provision of any Plan Document is determined to be inconsistent with any provision of the Modified Plan or the Disclosure Statement, such provision of such Plan Document shall control and take precedence.

# # # # # END OF ORDER # # # # #

Prepared and submitted by:

Deirdre B. Ruckman (# 21196500)

Michael P. Cooley (# 24034388)

GARDERE WYNNE SEWELL LLP

3000 Thanksgiving Tower

1601 Elm Street

Dallas, Texas 75201

Telephone: (214) 999-4250

Facsimile: (214) 999-3250

COUNSEL FOR THE DEBTORS

Exhibit 2.3

 

 

IN THE UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS
DALLAS DIVISION

     §              
    In re:  §       Chapter 11    
     §  
    SENIOR MANAGEMENT SERVICES OF  §       Case No. 07-30230-HDH-11    
    TREEMONT, INC., et al.  §       Jointly Administered    
     §  
    Debtors.  §      


NOTICE OF ENTRY OF CONFIRMATION ORDER

The above-captioned Debtors and debtors-in-possession hereby notify all parties-in-interest of the entry of the Order (the “Confirmation Order”) confirming the Debtors’ First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by Debtors , dated August 1, 2007 (the “Plan”).

1. The Confirmation Order was signed by the Court on August 1, 2007 and entered on August 2, 2007. The Effective Date of the Plan occurred on August 10, 2007 .  

2. Applications for allowance and payment of Administrative Expenses that have not been paid, released or otherwise settled, including Administrative Expenses for reimbursement of expenses of the members of the Creditors Committee and Administrative Expenses for compensation or reimbursement of expenses incurred in making a substantial contribution in the Bankruptcy Case pursuant to §§ 503(b)(3) or (4), but excluding (i) Administrative Expenses that are postpetition trade payables not payable in the ordinary course of business until after the Effective Date and (ii) Administrative Expenses for fees and expenses of Professionals, must be filed on or before September 10, 2007 or forever be barred from doing so.  

3. All Professionals requesting compensation or reimbursement of expenses pursuant to Sections 327, 328, 330, 331 or 503(b) of the Bankruptcy Code for services rendered on or prior to the Effective Date, including the Plan Agent, shall File and serve on counsel for the Debtors, the Plan Agent, counsel for the Creditors Committee or Executive Committee, as applicable, and the United States Trustee an application for final allowance of compensation and reimbursement of expenses no later than September 10, 2007 .  

4. Any claim arising from the termination of an employee benefit plan, policy or program shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their affiliates, successors, Estates, or their properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Debtors or the Plan Agent, as applicable, no later than September 1, 2007 .  

5. Any Claim arising from the rejection of an executory contract or unexpired lease shall be forever barred and shall not be enforceable against the Debtors, the Reorganized Debtors, their affiliates, successors, Estates, or their properties, unless a proof of Claim is Filed and served on the Debtors or the Plan Agent, as applicable, no later than September 1, 2007 .

Dated: August 10, 2007

 

   GARDERE WYNNE SEWELL LLP    
 
   By: / s/ Michael P. Cooley    
    Michael P. Cooley (# 24034388)    
    1601 Elm Street, Suite 3000    
    Dallas, Texas 75201    
    Telephone: (214) 999-3000    
    Facsimile: (214) 999-4667    
   COUNSEL TO THE DEBTORS    


 

Page 1 of 4

EXHIBIT 3.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (this "Agreement"), is made this 9th day of September 2009, by and between Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc., a Texas corporation (“SMSA Texas”), and SMSA  Crane Acquisition Corp., a Nevada corporation ("SMSA Nevada. "). SMSA Nevada is sometimes hereinafter referred to as the “Surviving Corporation and the two corporate parties hereto being sometimes collectively referred to as the "Constituent Corporations"),

This Agreement is being entered into by the Constituent Corporations in accordance with and in furtherance of the First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors, dated August 1, 2007 (the “Plan)’ as confirmed by Order Confirming First Amended, Modified Chapter 11 Plan Proposed by the Debtors, signed August 1, 2007 (the “Order”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court For the Northern District of Texas, Dallas Division, Case No. 07-30230-HDH0-11, Jointly Administered, In re: Senior Management Services of Treemont, Inc., et al., Debtors.

The Plan and Order provides that Timothy P. Halter, as sole officer and director of SMSA Texas, is authorized to execute any necessary documents to meet statutory requirements for filing the necessary documents with the States of Texas and Nevada to effectuate the terms of the Plan. The Plan further provides no additional authorization shall be required as the Order will be equivalent of necessary approval by officers, directors or shareholders of SMSA Texas. As a result of the Plan, all outstanding shares of capital stock of SMSA Texas were cancelled.

SMSA Nevada is a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada, having an authorized capital of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001, of which approximately 500,000 shares are outstanding and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001, none of which are outstanding.

In furtherance of the Plan, SMSA Texas shall reincorporate in the State of Nevada and change its name to SMSA Nevada. In order to effectuate the reincorporation of SMSA Texas in the State of Nevada, SMSA Texas desires to merge with and into SMSA Nevada, (the “Merger”).

The respective boards of directors of SMSA Texas and SMSA Nevada have each duly approved this Agreement and Merger in accordance with applicable provisions of the Texas Business Corporation Act and Nevada Revised Statutes Chapter 92A.

NOW, THEREFORE , based on the foregoing provisions and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, and for the purposes of setting forth the terms and conditions of the Merger, the parties hereto have agreement and do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I 

MERGER

1.1      Agreement to Merge . The parties to this Agreement agree to effect the Merger herein provided for, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

1.2    Effective Time of the Merger . The Merger shall be effective upon the acceptance for filing of (i) the Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Texas and (ii) the Articles of Merger with the Secretary of State of Nevada. The date and time the Merger becomes effective is referred to as the "Effective Time of the Merger."


Page 2 of 4

1.3    Surviving Corporation . Upon the Effective Time of the Merger, SMSA Texas shall be merged with and into SMSA Nevada, and SMSA Nevada shall be the surviving corporation, governed by the laws of the State of Nevada (hereinafter sometimes called the "Surviving Corporation").

1.4     Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Upon the Effective Time of the Merger, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of SMSA Nevada in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger shall be the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, subject always to the right of the Surviving Corporation to amend its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada and the provisions of its Artricles of Incorporation and Bylaws.

1.5    Directors and Officers . The sole officer and director of SMSA Texas in office at the Effective Time of the Merger shall be and constitute the sole director and officer of the Surviving Corporation, for the terms elected and/or until their respective successor(s) shall be elected or appointed and qualified or until their sooner death, resignation or removal.

1.6    Effect of the Merger . On and after the Effective Time of the Merger, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the separate existence of SMSA Texas shall cease, the separate existence of SMSA Nevada,. as the Surviving Corporation, shall continue unaffected by the Merger, except as expressly set forth herein, and the Surviving Corporation shall succeed, without further action, to all the properties and assets of SMSA Texas, if any, of every kind, nature and description and to SMSA Texas’ business as a going concern. The Surviving Corporation shall also succeed to all rights, title and interests in any real or other property, if any, owned by SMSA Texas without reversion or impairment, without further act or deed, and without any transfer or assignment having occurred, but subject to any existing liens thereon. All liabilities and obligations of SMSA Texas that were not discharged pursuant to the Plan and Order, if any, shall become the liabilities and obligations of the Surviving Corporation and any proceedings pending against SMSA Texas that were not discharged will be continued as if the Merger had not occurred.

1.7    Further Assurances . SMSA Texas hereby agrees that at any time, or from time to time, as and when requested by the Surviving Corporation, or by its successors and assigns, it will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered in its name by its last acting officers, or by the corresponding officers of the Surviving Corporation, all such conveyances, assignments, transfers, deeds or other instruments, and will take or cause to be taken such further or other action and give such assurances as the Surviving Corporation, its successors or assigns may deem necessary or desirable in order to evidence the transfer, vesting of any property, right, privilege or franchise or to vest or perfect in or confirm to the Surviving Corporation, its successors and assigns, title to and possession of all the property, rights, privileges, powers, immunities, franchises and interests referred to in this Article I and otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes thereof.

 

ARTICLE II 

     Capital Stock of the Constituent Corporations

2.1      SMSA Texas Capital Stock . As of even date herewith, there are no shares of capital stock (SMSA Texas Stock) in SMSA Texas outstanding. All SMSA Texas Stock in SMSA Texas was cancelled pursuant to the Plan and Order.

2.2    SMSA Nevada Capital Stock . Each share of the common stock, $0.001 par value, of SMSA Nevada (the “SMSA Nevada Common Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue unchanged and remain issued and outstanding and shall be retained by the stockholders of SMSA Nevada immediately prior to the Effective Time of the Merger as shares of the Surviving Corporation.


Page 3 of 4

ARTICLE III

Termination and Amendment

3.1      Termination . This Agreement may be terminated and abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time of the Merger by the mutual written consent of the Boards of Directors of SMSA Texas and SMSA Nevada.

3.2    Consequences of Termination . In the event of the termination and abandonment of this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1 hereof, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect.  

ARTICLE IV 

approval of the merger and miscellaneous

4.1      Approval. This Agreement and Merger has been authorized, adopted and approved on behalf of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with the laws of the States of Nevada and Texas. Articles of Merger (Nevada) and a Articles of Merger (Texas) setting forth the information required by, and executed and certified in accordance with the laws of Nevada and Texas shall be filed in the appropriate offices of the States of Nevada and Texas.

4.2      Expenses . The Surviving Corporation shall pay all expenses of carrying this Agreement into effect and accomplishing the Merger herein provided for.

4.3      Headings . Descriptive headings are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions of this Agreement.

4.4      Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original instrument, and all such counterparts together shall constitute only one original.     

4.5     Modification, Amendment, etc. Any of the terms or conditions of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the party entitled to the benefits thereof, and this Agreement may be modified or amended at any time to the full extent permitted by all applicable corporate laws. Any waiver, modification or amendment shall be effective only if reduced to writing and executed by the duly authorized representatives of the Constituent Corporations.

 

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]    


Page 4 of 4

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by an officer duly authorized thereunto as of the date first above written.

 

    Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.,    
    a Texas corporation    
 
 
    /s/ Timothy P. Halter    
    By: Timothy P. Halter, President and Sole Director    
 
 
    SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.,    
    a Nevada corporation    
 
 
    /s/ Timothy P. Halter    
    By: Timothy P. Halter, President and Sole Director    


                  

                                                                     Exhibit 3.2

ROSS MILLER Filed in the office of Document Number
Secretary of State 20090681164-97
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1 Ross Miller Filing Date and Time
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299 Secretary of State 09/15/2009  12:40 PM
(775) 684 5708 State of Nevada Entity Number
Website: secretaryofstate.biz E0484052009-2
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 1



USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   
 

Articles of Merger  

(Pursuant to NRS Chapter 92A - excluding 92A.200(4b))

1)   Name and  jurisdiction  of  organization  of each  constituent  entity (NRS 92A.200).  If there are more than four merging entities,  check box [ ] and  attach an 81/2" x11" blank sheet  containing  the (: 1) Unchecked  required information for each additional entity.

    Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.          
    Name of merging entity    
 
    Texas     Corporation    
    Jurisdiction     Entity type *    
 
 
    Name of merging entity    
 
 
    Jurisdiction     Entity type *    
 
 
    Name of merging entity    
 
 
    Jurisdiction     Entity type *    
 
    and,    
 
    SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.    
    Name of surviving entity    
 
    Nevada     Corporation    
    Jurisdiction     Entity type *    

* Corporation,  non-profit corporation,  limited partnership,  limited-liability company or business trust.

Filing Fee: $350.00

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 1

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   

ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
(775) 684 5708
Website: secretaryofstate.biz
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 2

USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   


2)   Forwarding  address where copies of process may be sent by the Secretary of  State of Nevada (if a foreign  entity is the  survivor  in the merger - NRS 92A.1 90) :



               Attn:_____________________________

               c/o:______________________________
                   ______________________________
              

3)   (Choose one)

      o   The  undersigned  declares  that a plan of merger has been  adopted by each constituent entity (NRS 92A.200).

      x The undersigned declares that a plan of merger has been adopted by the  parent domestic entity (NRS 92A.180)

4)   Owner's  approval  (NRS  92A.200)(options  a,  b,  or c must  be  used,  as  applicable, for each entity) (if there are more than four merging entities,  check  box [ ] and  attach  an 8  1/2" x 11"  blank  sheet  containing  the required information for each additional entity):

(a)  Owner's approval was not required from

      Name of merging entity, if applicable

      Name of merging entity, if applicable

      Name of merging entity, if applicable

      Name of merging entity, if applicable

     and, or;

    Name of surviving entity, if applicable

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 2

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   




ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
(775) 684 5708
Website: secretaryofstate.biz
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 3


USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   

(b) The plan was approved by the required consent of the owners of *:

     Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.     
     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     and, or;

     SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
     Name of surviving entity, if applicable


* Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of trust or governing  instrument of a  business  trust,  a  merger  must  be  approved  by all the  trustees  and beneficial  owners of each business  trust that is a  constituent  entity in the merger.

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 3

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   





ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
(775) 684 5708
Website: secretaryofstate.biz
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 4


USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   

(c)  Approval of plan of merger for Nevada non-profit corporation (NRS 92A.160):

     The plan of merger has been  approved by the  directors of the  corporation and by each public  officer or other person  whose  approval of the plan of merger  is  required  by    the  articles  of  incorporation  of the  domestic corporation.

     
     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     Name of merging entity, if applicable

     and, or;

     Name of surviving entity, if applicable

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 4

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   




ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
(775) 684 5708
Website: secretaryofstate.biz
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 5


USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   

                                                                              
5)   Amendments, if any, to the articles or certificate of the surviving entity.   Provide article numbers, if available. (NRS 92A.200)*:

 


6)   Location of Plan of Merger (check a or b):

o   (a) The entire plan of merger is attached; or,

x  (b) The entire  plan of merger is on file at the  registered  office of the surviving corporation,  limited-liability  company or business trust, or at  the  records  office  address if a limited  partnership,  or other place of business of the surviving entity (NRS 92A.200).

7)   Effective date (optional)**:

 

* Amended and restated articles may be attached as an exhibit or integrated into the  articles  of  merger.  Please  entitle  them  "Restated"  or  "Amended  and Restated,"  accordingly.  The form to accompany restated articles  prescribed by the secretary of state must  accompany  the amended  and/or  restated  articles. Pursuant to NRS 92A.180 (merger of subsidiary into parent - Nevada parent owning 90% or more of subsidiary), the articles of merger may not contain amendments to the  constituent  documents of the surviving  entity except that the name of the surviving entity may be changed.

** A merger takes effect upon filing the articles of merger or upon a later date as  specified  in the  articles,  which  must not be more than 90 days after the articles are filed (NRS 92A.240).

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 5

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   





ROSS MILLER
Secretary of State
204 North Carson Street, Ste 1
Carson City, Nevada 89701-4299
(775) 684 5708
Website: secretaryofstate.biz
 
         Articles of Merger
(PURSUANT TO NRS 92A.200)

 

Page 6



USE BLACK INK ONLY - DO NOT HIGHLIGHT    

ABOVE SPACE IS FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

   

8)   Signatures - Must be signed by: An officer of each Nevada corporation;  All general partners of each Nevada limited  partnership;  All general partners of  each   Nevada   limited   partnership;   A  manager   of  each   Nevada limited-liability  company with managers or all the members if there are no managers; A trustee of each Nevada business trust (NRS 92A.230)*

(if there are more than four merging entities,  check box  o and attach an  8 1/2" x 1 1 " blank  sheet  containing  the  required  information  for each  additional entity.):

     Senior Management Services of Crane, Inc.
     Name of merging entity

     X /s/ Timothy P. Halter         President         September 9, 2009          
     Signature                                Title                 Date


     Name of merging entity

     X
     _________________                 
     Signature                                Title                 Date    


                          
     Name of merging entity                                                    
                                                                               
      X
     _________________                 
     Signature                                Title                 Date    

   
     SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.
     Name of merging entity

     X /s/ Timothy P. Halter         President         September 9, 2009          
     Signature                                Title                 Date

    

* The  articles of merger must be signed by each foreign  constituent  entity in the manner provided by the law governing it (NRS 92A.230).  Additional signature blocks may be added to this page or as an attachment, as needed.

IMPORTANT: Failure to include any of the above information and submit the proper fees may cause this filing to be rejected.

This form must be accompanied by appropriate fees.    

Nevada Secretary of State 92A Merger Page 6

   
   

Revised on: 3-26-09

   


 


 

EXHIBIT 3.3



Page 1 of 4

       Exhibit 3.4

 

Filed in the Office of
Secretary of State
State of Nevada
09/09/2009
                             

                                                                                                                                                      

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
OF
 
SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.

THE UNDERSIGNED , for the purpose of forming a corporation for the transaction of business and the promotion and conduct of the objects and purposes hereinafter stated, under the provisions of and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Nevada, does make, record and file these Articles of Incorporation, in writing, and he does hereby certify:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of this Corporation shall be: SMSA CraneAcquisition Corp.

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose for which said Corporation is formed and the nature of the objects proposed to be transacted and carried on by it is to engage in any and all lawful activity, as provided by the laws of the State of Nevada.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL STOCK

          The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Company shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000 shares (“Capital Stock”). The classes and the aggregate number of shares of each class of Capital Stock that the Company shall have authority to issue are as follows: (a)     100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value ("Common Stock"); and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value ("Preferred Stock"). The shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more classes or series as may from time to time be determined by the board of directors. Each such class or series shall be distinctly designated. All shares of any one class or series of the Preferred Stock shall be alike in every particular, except that there may be different dates from which dividends thereon, if any, shall be cumulative, if made cumulative. The voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding. The board of directors of this Corporation is hereby expressly granted authority to fix by resolution or resolutions adopted prior to the issuance of any shares of each particular class or series of Preferred Stock, the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations, restrictions and relative rights of each such class or series.


Page 2 of 4

 

ARTICLE IV
 
GOVERNING BOARD
 

The members of the Governing Board of the Corporation are styled Directors. The initial board of directors shall consist of one member. The name and post office address of the initial Director of the Corporation is as follows:

Name   Address    
Timothy P. Halter   174 FM  1830    
    Argyle, Texas 76226    
      

ARTICLE V

INCORPORATOR

The name and address of the incorporator signing these Articles of Incorporation, who is above the age of eighteen (18) years, is as follows:

Name   Address    
Timothy P. Halter   174 FM 1830    
    Argyle, Texas 76226    

 

ARTICLE VI

RESIDENT AGENT

The name and address of the Corporation’s Resident Agent in the State of Nevada is as follows:

 

Name   Address    
The Corporation Trust Company    6100 Neil Road, Suite 500    
of Nevada    Reno, Nevada 89511    


                   


Page 3 of 4

                    ARTICLE VII     

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding, to the full extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes as such statutes may be amended from time to time.

ARTICLE VIII

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY

No director or officer of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer; provided, however, that the foregoing provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer (i) for acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or knowing violation of law, or (ii) the payment of dividends in violation of Section 78.300 of the Nevada Revised Statutes. Any repeal or modification of an Article by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation of the personal liability of a director or officer of the Corporation for acts or omissions prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

ACQUISITION OF CONTROLLING INTEREST

     The Corporation elects not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Sections 78.378 through 78.3793, inclusive, of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same may be amended, superseded, or replaced by any successor section, statute, or provision. No amendment to these Articles of Incorporation, directly or indirectly, by merger or consolidation or otherwise, having the effect of amending or repealing any of the provisions of this paragraph shall apply to or have any effect on any transaction involving acquisition of control by any person or any transaction with an interested stockholder occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE X

COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS

The Corporation elects not to be governed by the terms and provisions of Sections 78.411 through 78.444, inclusive, of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as the same may be amended, superseded, or replaced by any successor section, statute, or provision.


Page 4 of 4

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I have hereunto subscribed my name this 8th day of September, 2009.

/s/ Timothy P. Halter
Timothy P. Halter


 

 

 

Page 1 of 14

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

OF
 
SMSA CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.

 


Page 2 of 14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  ARTICLE I        
 
    OFFICES        
    Section 1. Registered Office       1  
    Section 2. Other Offices       1  
 
  ARTICLE II        
 
    STOCKHOLDERS        
    Section 1. Place of Meetings       1  
    Section 2. Annual Meeting       1  
    Section 3. List of Stockholders       1  
    Section 4. Special Meetings       1  
    Section 5. Notice       1  
    Section 6. Quorum       2  
    Section 7. Voting       2  
    Section 8. Method of Voting       2  
    Section 9. Record Date       2  
    Section 10. Action by Consent       2  
 
  ARTICLE III        
 
    BOARD OF DIRECTORS        
    Section 1. Management       3  
    Section 2. Qualification; Election; Term       3  
    Section 3. Number; Election; Term; Qualification       3  
    Section 4. Removal       3  
    Section 5. Vacancies       3  
    Section 6. Place of Meetings       3  
    Section 7. Annual Meeting       3  
    Section 8. Regular Meetings       3  
    Section 9. Special Meetings       3  
    Section 10. Quorum       4  
    Section 11. Interested Directors       4  
    Section 12. Action by Consent       4  
    Section 13. Compensation of Directors       4  
 
  ARTICLE IV        
 
    COMMITTEES        
         Section 1. Designation       4  
    Section 2. Number; Qualification; Term       4  
    Section 3. Authority       4  
    Section 4. Change in Number       5  
    Section 5. Removal       5  
    Section 6. Vacancies       5  
    Section 7. Meetings       5  
    Section 8. Quorum; Majority Vote       5  
    Section 9. Compensation       5  
    Section 10. Committee Charters       5  


ii


Page 3 of 14

  ARTICLE V        
 
    NOTICE        
    Section 1. Form of Notice       6  
    Section 2. Waiver       6  
 
  ARTICLE VI        
 
    OFFICERS AND AGENTS        
    Section 1. In General       6  
      Section 2. Election       6  
    Section 3. Other Officers and Agents       6  
    Section 4. Compensation       6  
    Section 5. Term of Office and Removal       6  
    Section 6. Employment and Other Contracts       6  
    Section 7. Chairman of the Board of Directors       6  
    Section 8. President       7  
    Section 9. Vice Presidents       7  
    Section 10. Secretary       7  
    Section 11. Assistant Secretaries       7  
    Section 12. Treasurer       7  
    Section 13. Assistant Treasurers       7  
    Section 14. Bonding       7  
 
  ARTICLE VII        
 
    CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES        
    Section 1. Form of Certificates       7  
    Section 2. Lost Certificates       8  
    Section 3. Transfer of Shares       8  
    Section 4. Registration of Transfer       8  
    Section 5. Registered Stockholders       8  
    Section 6. Denial of Preemptive Rights       9  
 
  ARTICLE VIII        
 
    GENERAL PROVISIONS        
    Section 1. Dividends       9  
    Section 2. Reserves       9  
    Section 3. Telephone and Similar Meetings       9  
    Section 4. Books and Records       9  
    Section 5. Fiscal Year       9  
    Section 6. Seal       9  
    Section 7. Advances of Expenses       9  
    Section 8. Indemnification       10  
    Section 9. Employee Benefit Plans       10  
    Section 10. Insurance       10  
    Section 11. Resignation       10  
    Section 12. Amendment of Bylaws       10  
    Section 13. Construction       10  
    Section 14. Relation to the Articles of Incorporation       10  


iii


Page 4 of 14

BYLAWS

OF

SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp.


ARTICLE I

  OFFICES


Section 1.       Registered Office . The registered office and registered agent of SMSA Crane Acquisition Corp. (the “ Corporation ”) will be as from time to time set forth in the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation or in any certificate filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Nevada, and the appropriate county Recorder or Recorders, as the case may be, to amend such information.

Section 2.    Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Nevada as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II  

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.       Place of Meetings . All meetings of the stockholders for the election of Directors will be held at such place, within or without the State of Nevada, as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Nevada, as may be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2.     Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders will be held at such time as may be determined by the Board of Directors, at which meeting the stockholders will elect a Board of Directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. 

Section 3.     List of Stockholders . At least ten days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address of and the number of voting shares registered in the name of each, will be prepared by the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books. Such list will be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. Such list will be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and will be subject to the inspection of any stockholder who may be present.   

Section 4.     Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Board of Directors, or will be called by the President or Secretary at the request in writing of the holders of not less than 30% of all the shares issued, outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request will state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Business transacted at all special meetings will be confined to the purposes stated in the notice of the meeting unless all stockholders entitled to vote are present and consent.

Section 5.    Notice . Written or printed notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the stockholders and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, will be delivered not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Secretary, or the officer or person calling the meeting, to each stockholder of record entitled to


Page 5 of 14

vote at the meeting. If mailed, such notice will be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

Section 6.     Quorum . At all meetings of the stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on that matter will be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, will have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting will be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

Section 7.     Voting . When a quorum is present at any meeting of the Corporation’s stockholders, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy entitled to vote on, and voted for or against, any matter will decide any questions brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision will govern and control the decision of such question. The stockholders present in person or by proxy at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

Section 8.    Method of Voting . Each outstanding share of the Corporation’s capital stock, regardless of class or series, will be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders, except to the extent that the voting rights of the shares of any class or series are limited or denied by the Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time. At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder having the right to vote will be entitled to vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years prior to such meeting, unless such instrument provides for a longer period. A telegram, telex, cablegram or similar transmission by the stockholder, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the stockholder, shall be treated as an execution in writing for purposes of the preceding sentence. Each proxy will be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally. Such proxy will be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation prior to or at the time of the meeting. Voting on any question or in any election, other than for directors, may be by voice vote or show of hands unless the presiding officer orders, or any stockholder demands, that voting be by written ballot.

Section 9.    Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, which record date will not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date will not be less than ten nor more than sixty days prior to such meeting. In the absence of any action by the Board of Directors, the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which the notice is given will be the record date, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held will be the record date. 

Section 10.    Action by Consent . Except as prohibited by law, any action required or permitted by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and will be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Nevada, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the minute book.


Page 6 of 14

ARTICLE III 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS


Section 1.       Management . The business and affairs of the Corporation will be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors who may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 2.    Qualification; Election; Term . Each Director must be a natural person at least 18 years of age. None of the Directors need be a stockholder of the Corporation or a resident of the State of Nevada. The Directors will be elected by written ballot, by plurality vote at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as hereinafter provided, and each Director elected will hold office until whichever of the following occurs first: his successor is elected and qualified, his resignation, his removal from office by the stockholders or his death.

Section 3.    Number; Election; Term; Qualification . The number of Directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be not less than one. The first Board of Directors shall consist of the number of Directors named in the Articles of Incorporation. Thereafter, the number of Directors which shall constitute the entire Board of Directors shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors at any meeting thereof, but shall never be less than one. No decrease in the number of Directors will have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent Director. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors shall be elected to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, removal from office or death. No Director need be a stockholder, a resident of the State of Nevada, or a citizen of the United States.

Section 4.     Removal . Any Director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the stockholders representing not less than two-thirds of the voting power of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote for the election of such Director; provided, that notice of intention to act upon such matter has been given in the notice calling such meeting.  

Section 5.     Vacancies . Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of Directors and any vacancies occurring in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office of any Directors or otherwise, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the Directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or a successor or successors may be chosen at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. A Director elected to fill a vacancy will be elected for the unexpired term of his predecessor in office or until whichever of the following occurs first: his successor is elected and qualified, his resignation, his removal from office by the stockholders or his death.   

Section 6.    Place of Meetings . Meetings of the Board of Directors, regular or special, may be held at such place within or without the State of Nevada as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.    Annual Meeting . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors will be held without further notice immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders and at the same place, unless by unanimous consent, the Directors then elected and serving change such time or place.

Section 8.    Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held with or without notice and at such time and place as is from time to time determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9.    Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or the President on oral or written notice to each Director, given either personally, by telephone, by facsimile or by mail, delivered not less than twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting; special meetings will be called by the Chairman of the Board, President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of at least two Directors. Except as may be otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting need be specified in a notice or waiver of notice.


Page 7 of 14

Section 10.    Quorum . At all meetings of the Board of Directors the presence of a majority of the number of Directors then in office will be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum will be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

Section 11.    Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its Directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of the Corporation’s Directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, will be void or voidable solely for this reason, solely because the Director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested Directors, even though the disinterested Directors be less than a quorum, (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee that authorizes the contract or transaction.

Section 12.   Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without such a meeting if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all the members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be.

Section 13.    Compensation of Directors . Directors will receive such compensation for their services and reimbursement for their expenses as the Board of Directors, by resolution, may establish; provided that nothing herein contained will be construed to preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

ARTICLE IV 

COMMITTEES

Section 1.       Designation . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board, designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more such other committees as it may determine necessary.

Section 2.    Number; Qualification; Term . The executive committee and any other designated committees shall consist of two or more Directors, not less than a majority of whom in each case shall be Directors who are not officers or employees of the Corporation. The committees shall serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.    Authority . Each committee, to the extent provided in such resolution, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, except in the following matters and except where action of the full Board of Directors is required by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation:

(a)     Amending the Articles of Incorporation;

(b)   Amending, altering or repealing the Bylaws of the Corporation or adopting new Bylaws;


Page 8 of 14

(c)   Approving and/or recommending or submitting to stockholders: 

(1)    merger

(2)    consolidation 

(3)    sale, lease (as lessor), exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all the property and assets of the Corporation; 

(4)    dissolution;   

(d)   Filling vacancies in the Board of Directors or any such committee;

(e)     Electing or removing officers of the Corporation or members of any such committee;

(f)     Fixing compensation of any person who is a member of any such committee;

(g)    Declaring dividends; and

(h)    Altering or repealing any resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.       Change in Number . The number of committee members may be increased or decreased (but not below two) from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

Section 5.     Removal . Any committee member may be removed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the whole Board, whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation will be served thereby.

Section 6.     Vacancies . A vacancy occurring in any committee (by death, resignation, removal or otherwise) may be filled by the Board of Directors in the manner provided for original designation in Section 1 of this Article.

Section 7.     Meetings . Time, place and notice (if any) of all committee meetings shall be determined by the respective committee. Unless otherwise determined by a particular committee, meetings of the committees may be called by any Director of the Corporation on not less than 12 hours notice to each member of the committee, either personally or by mail, telephone (including voice mail), email or other electronic or other delivery means. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in a notice or waiver of notice of any meeting. (See also Section 3 of Article VIII).

Section 8.     Quorum; Majority Vote . At meetings of any committee, a majority of the number of members designated by the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The act of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the committee, except as otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these Bylaws. If a quorum is not present at a meeting of the committee, the members present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than an announcement at the meeting until a quorum is present.

Section 9.     Compensation . Compensation of committee members shall be fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 14 of Article III of these bylaws.

Section 10.     Committee Charters . Any committee designated by the Board of Directors may adopt a charter governing any of the matters covered by Sections 2 and 4 through 9 of this Article and, to the extent approved by the Board of Directors, any such charter shall supercede the provisions of Sections 2 and 4 through 9 of this Article.


Page 9 of 14

 ARTICLE V  

NOTICE

Section 1.       Form of Notice . Whenever by law, the Articles of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is to be given to any Director or stockholder, and no provision is made as to how such notice will be given, such notice may be given: (i) in writing, by mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such Director or stockholder at such address as appears on the books of the Corporation or (ii) in any other method permitted by law. Any notice required or permitted to be given by mail will be deemed to be given at the time the same is deposited in the United States mail.

Section 2.     Waiver . Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or Director of the Corporation as required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated in such notice, will be equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance of a stockholder or Director at a meeting will constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such stockholder or Director attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VI  

             OFFICERS AND AGENTS

Section 1.       In General . The officers of the Corporation will be elected by the Board of Directors and will be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, Vice Presidents, Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

Section 2.    Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders, will elect the officers, none of whom need be a member of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.    Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may also elect and appoint such other officers and agents as it deems necessary, who will be elected and appointed for such terms and will exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.    Compensation . The compensation of all officers and agents of the Corporation will be fixed by the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board of Directors, if so authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.    Term of Office and Removal . Each officer of the Corporation will hold office until his death, his resignation or removal from office, or the election and qualification of his successor, whichever occurs first. Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, but such removal will not prejudice the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.    Employment and Other Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers or agent or agents to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name or on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. The Board of Directors may, when it believes the interest of the Corporation will best be served thereby, authorize executive employment contracts that will have terms no longer than ten years and contain such other terms and conditions as the Board of Directors deems appropriate. Nothing herein will limit the authority of the Board of Directors to authorize employment contracts for shorter terms.

Section 7.    Chairman of the Board of Directors . If the Board of Directors has elected a Chairman of the Board, he will preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. Except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman will have the same power as the President to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman will exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President.


Page 10 of 14

Section 8.    President . The President will be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, will supervise and control all of the business and affairs of the Corporation. He will, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The President will have all powers and perform all duties incident to the office of President and will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 9.    Vice Presidents . Each Vice President will have the usual and customary powers and perform the usual and customary duties incident to the office of Vice President, and will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to him. In the absence or disability of the President and the Chairman of the Board, a Vice President designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation the Vice Presidents in the order of their seniority in office, will exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President.

Section 10.    Secretary . The Secretary will attend all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose. The Secretary will perform like duties for the Board of Directors and committees thereof when required. The Secretary will give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors. The Secretary will keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation. The Secretary will be under the supervision of the President. The Secretary will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to him.

Section 11.    Assistant Secretaries . The Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority in office, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, will, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Secretary. They will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to them.

Section 12.    Treasurer . The Treasurer will have responsibility for the receipt and disbursement of all corporate funds and securities, will keep full and accurate accounts of such receipts and disbursements, and will deposit or cause to be deposited all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer will render to the Directors whenever they may require it an account of the operating results and financial condition of the Corporation, and will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to him.

Section 13.    Assistant Treasurers . The Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority in office, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, will, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, exercise the powers and perform the duties of the Treasurer. They will have such other powers and perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe or as the President may from time to time delegate to them.

Section 14.    Bonding . The Corporation may secure a bond to protect the Corporation from loss in the event of defalcation by any of the officers, which bond may be in such form and amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors may deem appropriate.


ARTICLE VII


CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES


Page 11 of 14

Section 1.       Form of Certificates . Certificates, in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors, representing shares to which stockholders are entitled will be delivered to each stockholder. Such certificates will be consecutively numbered and will be entered in the stock book of the Corporation as they are issued. Each certificate will state on the face thereof the holder’s name, the number, class of shares, and the par value of such shares or a statement that such shares are without par value. They will be signed by the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof. If any certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent, or an assistant transfer agent or registered by a registrar, either of which is other than the Corporation or an employee of the Corporation, the signatures of the Corporation’s officers may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on such certificate or certificates, ceases to be such officer or officers of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the Corporation or its agents, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be adopted by the Corporation and be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the Corporation.

Section 2.    Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, may require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it may require and/or to give the Corporation a bond, in such form, in such sum, and with such surety or sureties as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed. When a certificate has been lost, apparently destroyed or wrongfully taken, and the holder of record fails to notify the Corporation within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of it, and the Corporation registers a transfer of the shares represented by the certificate before receiving such notification, the holder of record is precluded from making any claim against the Corporation for the transfer of a new certificate.

Section 3.    Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock will be transferable only on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by such holder’s duly authorized attorney. Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate representing shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it will be the duty of the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

Section 4.    Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall register the transfer of a certificate for shares presented to it for transfer if:      

(a)   Endorsement . The certificate is properly endorsed by the registered owner or by his duly authorized attorney; and

(b)    Guarantee and Effectiveness of Signature . The signature of such person has been guaranteed by a national banking association or member of the New York Stock Exchange, and reasonable assurance is given that such endorsements are effective; and

(c)    Adverse Claims . The corporation has no notice of an adverse claim or has discharged any duty to inquire into such a claim; and

(d)    Collection of Taxes . Any applicable law relating to the collection of taxes has been complied with.

Section 5.       Registered Stockholders . The Corporation will be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, will not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it has express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.


Page 12 of 14

Section 6.    Denial of Preemptive Rights . No stockholder of the Corporation nor other person shall have any preemptive rights whatsoever.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1.       Dividends . Dividends upon the outstanding shares of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Nevada Revised Statutes, as it may be amended from time to time, and the Articles of Incorporation. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, such record date to be not more than sixty days prior to the payment date of such dividend or the Board of Directors may close the stock transfer books for such purpose for a period of not more than sixty days prior to the payment date of such dividend. In the absence of any action by the Board of Directors, the date upon which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution declaring such dividend will be the record date.

Section 2.    Reserves . There may be created by resolution of the Board of Directors out of the surplus of the Corporation such reserve or reserves as the Directors from time to time, in their discretion, deem proper to provide for contingencies, or to equalize dividends, or to repair or maintain any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Directors may deem beneficial to the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. Surplus of the Corporation to the extent so reserved will not be available for the payment of dividends or other distributions by the Corporation.

Section 3.    Telephone and Similar Meetings . Stockholders, Directors and committee members may participate in and hold meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting will constitute presence in person at the meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting has not been lawfully called or convened.

Section 4.    Books and Records . The Corporation will keep correct and complete books and records of account and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors, and will keep at its registered office or principal place of business, or at the office of its transfer agent or registrar, a record of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of the shares held by each.

Section 5.    Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation will be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.    Seal . The Corporation may have a seal, and the seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise. Any officer of the Corporation will have authority to affix the seal to any document requiring it.

Section 7.    Advances of Expenses . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former Directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.


Page 13 of 14

Section 8.       Indemnification . The Corporation will indemnify its Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Nevada Revised Statutes and may, if and to the extent authorized by the Board of Directors, so indemnify its officers and any other person whom it has the power to indemnify against liability, reasonable expense or other matter whatsoever.

Section 9.    Employee Benefit Plans . For purposes of this Article, the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested a Director or officer to serve as a trustee, employee, agent, or similar functionary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by him of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on or otherwise involves services by him to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. Excise taxes assessed on a Director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law are deemed fines. Action taken or omitted by a Director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan in the performance of his duties for a purpose reasonably believed by him to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan is deemed to be for a purpose which is not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

Section 10.    Insurance . The Corporation may at the discretion of the Board of Directors purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of the Corporation and any person whom it has the power to indemnify pursuant to law, the Articles of Incorporation, these Bylaws or otherwise.

Section 11.    Resignation . Any Director, officer or agent may resign by giving written notice to the President or the Secretary. Such resignation will take effect at the time specified therein or immediately if no time is specified therein. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation will not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 12.    Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors present at such meeting.

Section 13.    Construction . Whenever the context so requires, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter, and the singular shall include the plural, and conversely.

If any portion of these Bylaws shall be invalid or inoperative, then, so far as is reasonable and possible:    

(a)    The remainder of these Bylaws shall be considered valid and operative, and

(b)    Effect shall be given to the intent manifested by the portion held invalid or inoperative.

Section 14.       Relation to the Articles of Incorporation . These Bylaws are subject to, and governed by, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation.


Page 14 of 14

 

Adopted: September 9, 2009     By Order of the Board of Directors    
 
 
 
    /s/ Timothy P. Halter    
    Timothy P. Halter, Secretary    


EXHIBIT 4.1
 
 
CUSIP

SMSA CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA

SEE REVERSE FOR

COMMON STOCK 

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 
 

SPECIMEN




 
 
This
certifies
that
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is the owner of

 

 


 
 
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE, OF

SMSA CRANE ACQUISITION CORP.

(hereinafter called the "Corporation"), transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of the Certificate properly endorsed. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Corporation, as amended (copies of which are on file at the office of the Transfer Agent), to all of which the holder of this Certificate by acceptance hereof assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. Witness the facsmile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.

 

DATE:          
 
 

  [CORPORATE SEAL OMITTED]

   
 
 
 
   Countersigned:    
PRESIDENT     SECURITIES TRANSFER CORPORATION    
    P.O. Box 701629    
    Dallas, TX 75370    
    By:    
 
SECRETARY     ___________________________________    
    TRANSFER AGENT-AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE